Sunteți pe pagina 1din 403

i2 AN 7 UG Custom & Analyse Manual.

qxd 06/03/2007 15:41 Page 1

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7
Customizing & Analyzing

user guide
Copyright
Copyright © 1991-2007 i2 Limited
All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted by any means (electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise) without prior written permission from i2 Limited. i2 considers
this software product information to be accurate, and reserves the right to modify it without notice. The software
product described in this document is licensed for use under a software license agreement.

Trademarks
i2, the i2 logo and Analyst's Notebook are registered trademarks of i2 Limited.

ChoicePoint is a registered trademark of ChoicePoint Asset Company.

Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

Other products and services may be registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective companies and
appear in this document for reference, and such reference is not intended to affect the authenticity of any
trademark or service mark.

Warning and Disclaimer


i2 provides this document “as is”, without representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, including
without limitation any warranty concerning the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of such information
contained herein. i2 does not assume responsibility for the use or inability to use the software product as a result
of providing this information.
The data presented in this document is fictitious and for illustration purposes only with no connection to, without
limitation, past or present persons, organizations, identifying numbers, or circumstances, except by coincidence.

Version Information
i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing and Analyzing

Version 7.0

June 2007

Part Number: 1312

Addresses:
i2 Limited, The Visual Space, Capital Park, Fulbourn, Cambridge CB21 5XH, UK
Tel: +44 (0)1223 728600 Fax: +44 (0)1223 728601

i2 Inc., 1430 Spring Hill Road, Suite 600, McLean, Virginia 22102, USA
Tel: +1 703 921 0195 Fax: +1 703 842 4685
Contents

About This Guide 7

Getting Started 13
Using the Documentation 14

1: Defining Types 19
Introduction 20
Defining Entity Types 21
Assigning Semantic Types 25
Defining Link Types 31
Defining Attribute Classes 38
Assigning Property Semantic Types 44
Adding Attribute Entries to Palettes 50
Summary 54

2: Creating Templates 55
Introduction 56
Creating a Template 57
Defining the Grading System 65
Defining Line Strengths 69
Creating a Chart Using a Template 71
Summary 75

3: Creating a Template from a Chart 77


Introduction 78
Creating a Template from an Existing Chart 79
Setting a New Grid Size 83
Defining Date and Time Formats 85
Specifying Default Entity and Link Styles 89

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 3


Contents

Displaying the Time Bar 92


Adding User Palettes 96
Verifying Templates 101
Sharing Templates 103
Summary 105

4: Customizing a Template 107


Introduction 108
Customizing an Existing Template 109
Merging Templates 113
Verifying a New Template 120
Summary 121

5: Showing and Hiding Information 123


Introduction 124
Introducing Selection Sets 125
Showing and Hiding Chart Items 128
Showing Attributes 129
Changing the Size of an Icon 135
Changing the Shading Color of an Icon 137
Editing the Legend 140
Preparing to Print a Chart 145
Summary 154

6: Using Background Items 155


Introduction 156
Using a Background Item as a Watermark 157
Using Background Items 160
Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation 164
Summary 173

7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items 175


Introduction 176
About List Items 178
Sorting Within a Table 193
Analysis Attributes 198
Copying Information from the List Items Dialog 202
Sorting Theme Lines Within a Chart 204
Summary 207

4 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Contents

8: Merging Charts 209


Introduction 210
Working with Label Merge and Paste Rules 211
Working with Attribute Merge and Paste Rules 215
Manually Merging Chart Items 220
Merging Links 227
Finding Matching Entities 236
Combining Attributes 244
Summary 247

9: Basic Searching 249


Introduction 250
Using the Search Bar to Find Chart Items 252
Using Visual Search to Find a Chart Item 256
Finding a Path Between Two Entities on a Chart 259
Finding Linked Chart Items 262
Laying out a Chart 269
Summary 273

10: Searching Linked Entities 275


Introduction 276
Searching for Entity and Link Types 278
Using Entity and Link Conditions in Visual Search 286
Intersecting and Deleting Selection Sets 292
Summary 296

11: Temporal Analysis 297


Introduction 298
Performing Analysis Using Visual Search 299
Laying Out Your Chart 306
Creating Charts with Different Perspectives 316
Summary 318

12: Exploring Relationships 319


Introduction 320
Finding Linked Chart Items 321
Finding Paths Between Chart Items 327
Summary 340

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 5


Contents

A: Features used in the Examples 341


Analyst’s Notebook Features 342

B: The i2 Semantic Approach 347


Understanding the i2 Semantic Approach 348
Semantic Capabilities of i2 Products 349
Semantic Type Hierarchies 350
What is Alignment? 354
What are Custom Semantic Types? 358
Semantic Types and Data Records 360
Guidelines for Assigning Semantic Types 361

Glossary 367

Index 393

6 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


About This Guide

This volume of the i2 Analyst’s Notebook User Guide introduces you to some of
the analysis and presentation tools of Analyst’s Notebook.

Intended audience
This guide is intended for users and administrators who have a basic knowledge of
Analyst’s Notebook. If you are not familiar with Analyst’s Notebook, we
recommend that you read the Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Creating Charts.

License and installation


This guide assumes that you have a licensed copy of Analyst’s Notebook installed
on your computer.

Book structure
This guide contains the following chapters:

Getting Started

Describes how to use the documentation and explains how to work through the
examples in this guide.

Chapter 1, Defining Types

Demonstrates how to define entity types, link types and attribute classes. It also
explains how to add attribute entries to a palette.

Chapter 2, Creating Templates

Describes how to create a new template and define the grading system and line
strengths.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 7


About This Guide

Chapter 3, Creating a Template from a Chart


Describes how to create a template from an existing chart. It also describes how to
define settings in the template, for example setting a new grid size, defining date
and time formats, specifying default entity and link styles, displaying the time bar,
and creating user templates.

Chapter 4, Customizing a Template


Explains how to remove unwanted entity types and palettes from a template. It also
describes how to merge the contents of one template into another.

Chapter 5, Showing and Hiding Information


Introduces selection sets and explains how they can be used to mark a selection
on a chart. It also demonstrates how to show and hide information on a chart,
change the size of icons, and edit the chart legend. In addition to this, it shows how
to prepare your chart for printing.

Chapter 6, Using Background Items


Demonstrates how to make a chart item into a background item to act as a
watermark. It also describes how to create and present snapshots.

Chapter 7, Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items


Explains how to analyze a chart using List Items and export data from List Items
into another Windows application. It also demonstrates how to lay out your chart
using a Theme Line layout.

Chapter 8, Merging Charts


Describes how to merge the contents of one chart into another. It explains how to
prepare a chart for merging by introducing label and attribute merge and paste
rules. It also shows how to merge chart items manually.

Chapter 9, Basic Searching


Introduces the search tools in Analyst’s Notebook: Find Text, Visual Search and
Find Path, and explains how to use them to analyze a chart.

Chapter 10, Searching Linked Entities


Uses the Visual Search tool to perform analysis of an association chart. It also
provides further information on handling selection sets.

8 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


About This Guide

Chapter 11, Temporal Analysis


Uses the Visual Search tool to perform analysis of a timeline chart. It also
describes how to create charts with different perspectives.

Chapter 12, Exploring Relationships


Explains how to find linked chart items and a path between two entities on a chart.

Appendix A, Features used in the Examples


Contains tables listing where various Analyst’s Notebook features are
demonstrated in the examples. These can be used to find the examples that best
illustrate specific features.

Appendix B, The i2 Semantic Approach


Describes the concepts and principles that underpin the semantic functionality in
i2 products with power2 built-in. It describes the main purpose of the i2 semantic
approach, and concepts and guidelines that relate to the usage of the functionality.

Glossary
A glossary of terms to help you understand the terminology used within Analyst’s
Notebook.

Conventions
Throughout this guide the following conventions are used:

Style Used for Examples

Bold Button names and options on Open command; File


dialogs. menu; Options button;
Label check box.

Initial Capitals Window names and dialog box Tool window; Chart
names. Properties dialog.

Italic For emphasis, i2 product names Start Analyst’s Notebook.


and references to other i2
manuals.

Courier User entered text. Type the name SMITH.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 9


About This Guide

Dates and When entering dates and times, the format you use will depend on your computer’s
times settings.

Dates throughout this guide are in the format dd MMM yyyy, for example 18 Oct
2006. You should enter the date corresponding to your computer’s settings.

Times in this guide are all in the 24 hour clock, for example, 13:00. If your
computer’s settings are different then you should enter the time corresponding to
your settings. For example 13:10 in the 24 hour clock equates to 1:10 PM.

Unless otherwise stated, all of the charts used in these examples are in Greenwich
Mean Time (GMT).

i2 services
Technical support is available to anyone whose organization has opted for our
annual support program. If you have a question and cannot find a solution in the
online help, you can send an e-mail to the i2 Technical Support team.

For customers in North and South America, e-mail support@i2inc.com.

For customers in the UK or the Rest of the World, e-mail support@i2.co.uk.

Note: If your i2 software was purchased from one of our distributors, please contact your
supplier for technical support.

i2 International and Government Services Americas Consulting services work with


customers to understand specific requirements and then determine the best
methods to get these requirements met through custom development, on-site
training, or alignment with the right system integrator or product vendor.

For further information, contact your i2 supplier, or visit the i2 Web site at:
www.i2group.com.

10 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


About This Guide

Other i2 publications

Analyst’s Notebook 7
• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 Quick Start Guide
• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Creating Charts
• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Importing

Chart Reader 7
• i2 ChartReader 7 User Guide
• i2 ChartReader 7 Embedding in a Web Page

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 11


About This Guide

12 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Getting Started

This chapter introduces Analyst’s Notebook. It explains how to use the product
documentation.

Contents
Using the Documentation 14

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 13


Getting Started

Using the Documentation 0.1


We recommend that before you start to use the documentation provided with
Analyst’s Notebook you familiarize yourself with the product by reading the
Analyst’s Notebook 7 Quick Start Guide, which introduces the basic concepts of
creating charts.

Product documentation
The Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guides do not cover all of the features of the
product. Instead, they comprise a series of worked examples to demonstrate how
the features may be used in real situations. These guides are aimed at providing
information about which features best suit different situations and how you might
use them to approach specific problems.

The online help covers all of the features of Analyst’s Notebook. It contains
information on how to use the features. It also provides context-specific help for all
of the fields and options in each of the dialogs. It does not include any worked
examples as these are provided in the Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guides.

The Analyst’s Notebook product documentation comprises:


• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 Quick Start Guide
This is a short guide that introduces the basic concepts of Analyst’s Notebook.
It is advisable to read this guide before you start to work through the examples
in the different volumes of the Analyst’s Notebook User Guide.
• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Creating Charts
The Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide comprises three volumes. This volume
is devoted to producing charts manually. It provides the building blocks for
understanding the fundamentals of Analyst’s Notebook and it would be
beneficial for you to work through it regardless of whether you intend to create
charts manually or import most of your data.
• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Importing
This volume describes how to import data from text files, including how to
create import specifications.
• i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing and Analyzing
In this volume, you are introduced to more advanced features of the software. It
describes how to create and maintain templates, including the ability to define
new types and set other chart properties. This volume also covers the features
that allow you to tidy up your chart for presentation purposes, and to learn all
about the analysis tools available in Analyst’s Notebook.

14 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Getting Started

• i2 Analyst’s Notebook Online Help


For more information on using the online help, refer to Using the online help on
page 17.

Using this guide


The examples in this guide are designed to help you use Analyst’s Notebook in
your work. In working through the examples, you will use many of the Analyst’s
Notebook features. The examples will be most useful to you if you work through
them in the order in which they appear in the guide.

Structure of the examples


The main chapters of this guide consist of a series of worked examples that
introduce you to further features of Analyst’s Notebook. The examples can be split
into three main areas:
• Chapters 1 to 4
Describe how to create and customize templates.
• Chapters 5 - 6
Describe how to use the presentation tools in Analyst’s Notebook and how you
can use them to present charts.
• Chapters 7 - 12
Describe how you can analyze your charts using the analysis tools.
In some examples, the first thing you are asked to do is open an existing chart that
we have provided for you. To access these charts, double-click on the User Guide
Example Material shortcut in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s
Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the User Guide - Customizing and
Analyzing folder.

We have also provided you with a set of finished charts that can be accessed from
the folder location described above. The charts reflect how your initial charts
should look once you have worked through and completed each example. You may
want to refer to these while you are working through the examples or at the end of
a completed section.

Each example comprises several sections. The start of each section describes the
concepts behind the feature that is being introduced. The remainder of each
section consists of a series of steps.To complete a worked example you must
follow each of these steps in order, without skipping any of the sections.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 15


Getting Started

If at a later date, you wish to work through an example without re-reading the
conceptual information, just move from shaded heading to shaded heading in the
chapter. Working through these headings will lead you through all of the steps in
the example.

Main section

Shaded
heading

If at any time, you need more help with a feature, refer to the online help. How to
use the online help is described on page 17.

Storing the charts created in the worked examples


Analyst’s Notebook saves charts to the My Documents\i2\i2 Analyst’s
Notebook 7\Charts folder as standard. We recommend that you create a
subfolder within this folder to store the charts you create with this guide. If you
need to refer to them at a later date, it will be easy to find them.

To create a subfolder in which to store your charts:


1. Double-click on the My Documents shortcut on your Windows desktop, and
navigate to the i2\i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7\Charts folder.
2. Right-click in the My Documents window, and from the shortcut menu, select
New ➧ Folder.
3. Edit the name of this folder to be Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide -
Customizing and Analyzing.

16 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Getting Started

Using the online help


We recommend that you familiarize yourself with the Analyst’s Notebook online
help and use it extensively in conjunction with this guide.

Viewing the help


You can view the Analyst’s Notebook online help in the following ways:
• click the Help toolbar button
• from the Help menu, select Contents
• press the F1 key

You can display a help topic about a specific item by:


• clicking the What’s This? Help toolbar button, then clicking a menu command
or toolbar button
• holding your mouse over a toolbar button or menu command and pressing the
F1 key to display help information relevant to the item you highlighted

In dialogs, you can display a help topic about a specific item by:
• clicking the Help button on a dialog to display information about that dialog
• clicking the What’s This? Help button in the top right of the dialog and clicking
on a dialog option
• clicking with the left mouse button on a dialog option and pressing the F1 key

Tooltips and the Status Bar


To see the name of a toolbar button, hold the mouse over it. A pop-up hint, referred
to as a tooltip, is displayed.

Note also that Analyst’s Notebook displays a short description of the feature in the
Status Bar, which is located along the bottom of the application.

For further information on how to use the online help, refer to the online help topic
Using Analyst’s Notebook Help.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 17


Getting Started

18 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


1
Defining Types

This example explains how you can define entity types, link types and attribute
classes, and access them from palettes.

Contents
Introduction 20
Defining Entity Types 21
Assigning Semantic Types 25
Defining Link Types 31
Defining Attribute Classes 38
Assigning Property Semantic Types 44
Adding Attribute Entries to Palettes 50
Summary 54

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 19


Introduction

Introduction 1.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• creating entity types and adding them to palettes and charts
• creating link types and adding them to palettes and charts
• creating attribute classes and adding them to palettes and charts
• assigning semantic types to entity and link types and attribute classes
• using the Attribute Bar to add attribute instances to charts
• creating attribute entries and adding them to palettes and charts

If you need more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 1 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
You are part way through an investigation into the importation of drugs. You have
already charted most of the happenings surrounding the investigation but new
information has come to light about some of the suspects.

Heroin, Cannabis and Cocaine are being imported into the country by unknown
individuals. The drugs are being sent to known suppliers who are distributing them
through their dealers.

Records show that one of the suppliers, Jolene JOHNSON, has four previous
convictions. Another supplier, Herbie PARKER, has been seen armed with a
handgun.

One of the dealers, Debbie CARTER, has a history of violence and has been seen
armed with a shotgun. Records show that another dealer, Bob JAMES, also has a
history of violence. Justin DRINKWATER has been the subject of surveillance for
several months, and is also a known drug dealer. The last surveillance log that is
available for him is dated 21 January 2006.

20 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

Defining Entity Types 1.2


Entities can represent, for example, individuals, locations, organizations or objects.
When you start building your chart, you can select an entity type (such as Male,
Female) from a palette or toolbar drop-down list, and drag it onto the chart. When
you add it to the chart the entity type becomes an entity of the chosen type, for
example:

Drag angentity type


from the palette
and drop it onto
the chart,
Anonymous 1 it becomes an
entity.

Entity Entity Type


(on chart) (in palette)

You can define your own entity types and add them to palettes in a chart or when
setting up a template.

When defining a new entity type, you need to define the following properties:

Icon The symbol used for the entity on the chart, when it
is represented as an icon, theme line or event frame.

Name The label displayed for the entity type in the palette.

Line Color The color of the line or border used for an entity
when it is represented as a box, circle, text block,
event frame or theme line.

Shade Color The dominant color of an icon for an entity on a


chart when it is represented as an icon, an event
frame or a theme line.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 21


Defining Entity Types

Semantic Type The basic category of information used to classify


the entity type, for example the Person semantic
type which can be used to classify person-like entity
types. For more information on semantic types, refer
to How do I assign a semantic type to an entity
type? on page 27.

User Palettes The palette(s) on which the entity type will appear.
An entity type is automatically added to the
Standard palette but it can be added to as many
other palettes as you wish.

How do I define a new entity type?

A chart already exists that has a Drugs entity type defined. However, you are
interested in some more specific drug types. Define new entity types for the drug
types Heroin, Cocaine and Cannabis. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 1 initial.anb. To access the folder in which this
chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Jolene JOHNSON Dimitri ZANIER Herbie PARKER

Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer

Dan BUXHAM Bob JAMES Sandra CASTE Debbie Carter Justin DRINKWATER

2. Save the chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog, to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder that you created to
save your charts to on page 16. Type Example 1 defining types.anb in
the File Name box and click Save.

22 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

3. From the Format menu, select Entity Types, to display the Entity Types page
of the Chart Properties dialog:

4. Click New. This displays the New Entity Type dialog:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 23


Defining Entity Types

5. In the Name box type Heroin to define the name of the entity type.
6. Click the Select Icon button in the Icon area to display the Choose Icon dialog:

7. In the File Name box, type drugs and press the Enter key. This selects the
drugs icon and closes the Choose Icon dialog.
Do not close the New Entity Type dialog.

When you created the Heroin entity type it was automatically added to the
Standard palette. Add it to both the Commodities and Crime palettes. To do this, in
the User Palettes area, turn on the Commodities and Crime check boxes:

Leave the Shade Color as None and the Line Color as Black.

Do not close the New Entity Type dialog.

24 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

Assigning Semantic Types 1.3


Semantic types provide an additional layer of meaning to the information that is
stored in a chart. They help to categorize items which in the real world can be
grouped together as having similar properties. For example, the Person semantic
type is used to categorize all 'person-like' entity types such as Male, Female,
Person, Police Officer, and so on:

PERSON

Male Female Person Police Officer

The semantic type implies that there is a relationship between 'person-like' entities
and that they are distinct from entities which depict cars and boats. It uses a
common category to bind the entities together, enabling analysis and data
alignment.

Semantic types are important for two reasons:


• they allow users to make use of semantic search and match capabilities
• they allow charts created with the current version of Analyst’s Notebook to
make use of any semantic analysis and data alignment capabilities offered in
future versions

You can assign semantic types to entity types, link types and attribute classes.
When a user creates a chart item in Analyst’s Notebook, the associated semantic
type is assigned automatically. When a chart is opened in Analyst’s Notebook, any
semantic information enables users to make use of the semantic Visual Search,
Search Bar, Find Matching Entities and List Items functionality.

Categories of Semantic types are assigned from the Semantic Type Library. The Semantic Type
semantic type Library has been developed by i2 for use with all of its products, ensuring that
and the semantic types are used consistently.
Library
There are three categories of semantic type:
• Entity semantic types - all entity types use these semantic types; for example,
Person, Organization, Motor Vehicle, and so on.
• Link semantic types - all link types use these semantic types; for example,
Owner, Transactions, Telephone Call, and so on.
• Property semantic types - all attribute classes use these semantic types; for
example, Address, Telephone Number, Date of Birth, and so on.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 25


Assigning Semantic Types

Each category of semantic type is grouped into a separate hierarchy within the
Semantic Type Library. The hierarchy for entity semantic types is displayed below:

The semantic type hierarchy enables you to assign semantic types that accurately
reflect the entity type, link type or attribute class, while at the same time ensuring
that it belongs to a wider group of semantic types. For example, when you assign
the Meeting semantic type to an entity type, it will also belong to the groups Event
(parent) and Entity (ancestor) through its semantic type.

For more information about semantic types, see Appendix B, The i2 Semantic
Approach.

26 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

How do I assign a semantic type to an entity type?

To be able to use the semantic searching and matching functionality, you want to
assign semantic types to the entity type you have just created. Assign the Drug
semantic type to the Heroin entity type. To do this:
1. Click the Browse button in the Semantic Type area to display the Select
Semantic Type dialog:

The entity semantic type hierarchy is displayed as a navigation tree.


2. In the Find box, type heroin.
As you start to type, the Ordered Results list is updated with a potential match
and the navigation tree is displayed at this match in the list: Drug.

Notice that the Name, Synonyms, and Description boxes are updated with
details about the selected semantic type.
3. Select Drug and click OK to close the Select Semantic Type dialog.
4. Click OK to close the New Entity Type dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 27


Assigning Semantic Types

In the Chart Properties dialog, you can see that the Drug semantic type has
been assigned to the Heroin entity type.
5. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.
6. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

How do I duplicate an entity type?

You have defined an entity type for Heroin, but you know that Cocaine and
Cannabis are also being imported into the country. Define an entity type for each of
them. Instead of defining new entity types, duplicate the Heroin entity type that you
have just defined and edit its value to be Cocaine. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Entity Types, to display the Entity Types page
of the Chart Properties dialog.
2. Select the Heroin entity type and click Duplicate.
A copy of the Heroin entity type is created below the existing Heroin entity type
and is labeled copy 1 of Heroin.

3. Double-click on the duplicated entity to display the Edit Entity Type dialog.
4. In the Name box type Cocaine to define the name of the entity type.

28 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

5. Click OK to close the Edit Entity Type dialog.


6. In the same way, create a Cannabis entity type.

Note: Notice that the Cocaine and Cannabis entity types are included in the
Crime and Commodities palettes. When you created a duplicate of the
Heroin entity type, all of its properties were copied into the new entity
type. Notice that the Drug semantic type has been assigned to each of
these entity types.

Do not close the Chart Properties dialog.

How do I change the order of entity types?

It is useful to group entity types that are similar in nature. The order in which they
are displayed in the entity types table is the order in which they will appear in the
Standard palette. The three entity types that you have just added are displayed at
the bottom of the table in the Chart Properties dialog. Move these entity types so
that they are displayed just below the Drugs entity type. To do this:
1. Click on the first entity type (Heroin) and, while holding down the Ctrl key, click
to select the other two entity types (Cocaine and Cannabis).
2. Drag the selected entity types up the list and drop them just below the Drugs
entity type.

3. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

How do I add an entity to a chart?

Add an entity to your chart for each of the entity types that you have just created.
To do this:
1. On the palette bar click the drop-down arrow, and select Commodities to
display the Commodities palette:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 29


Assigning Semantic Types

2. The palette bar displays the entity types in the Commodities palette. This
includes the three new entity types that you have just created:

3. Select the Heroin entity type, drag it onto the chart and place it above Jolene
JOHNSON.
4. Edit the name of this entity to be Sample 1: Heroin.
5. Drag the Cocaine entity type onto your chart, place it above Dimitri ZANIER,
and edit its name to be Sample 2: Cocaine.
6. Drag the Cannabis entity type onto your chart, place it above Herbie PARKER,
and edit its name to be Sample 3: Cannabis.

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Sample 1: Heroin Sample 2: Cocaine Sample 3: Cannabis

Jolene JOHNSON Dimitri ZANIER Herbie PARKER

Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer

Dan BUXHAM Bob JAMES Sandra CASTE Debbie Carter Justin DRINKWATER

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

30 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

Defining Link Types 1.4


Link types are categories of links. They can represent, for example, associations,
transactions or commodity transfers. When you add a link type to your chart (for
example Sighting, Associates) it becomes a link, for example:

Select a link type


from the palette,
as you draw the link between
two entities it becomes
a link.

Associates
Male 1 Female 1

Link Type Link


(in palette) (on chart)

You can define the following properties for link types:

Name The label displayed for the link type in the palette.

Color The line color of the link type.

Semantic Type The basic category of information used to classify the link type.
For more information on semantic types, refer to How do I
assign a semantic type to a link type? on page 36.

User Palettes The palette(s) that the link type will appear on. A link type is
automatically added to the Standard palette but you can add it
to as many other palettes as you wish.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 31


Defining Link Types

How do I define a new link type?

The drugs are known to be imported into the country by three individuals, Jolene
JOHNSON, Dimitri ZANIER and Herbie PARKER. Create a new link type,
Importer, to show this information on your chart. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Link Types to display the Link Types page:

32 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

2. Click New. This displays the New Link Type dialog:

3. In the Name box, type Importer to define the name of this link type.
4. From the Color drop-down list, select a color, for example Violet.
5. In the User Palettes area, select Individuals and Crime.
6. Click OK to close the New Link Type dialog, and to return to the Link Types
page of the Chart Properties dialog.
The Importer link type is created at the bottom of the link types table.
7. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.
8. From the Individuals palette, add Importer links to the chart as shown below:

Sample 1: Heroin Sample 2: Cocaine Sample 3: Cannabis

Importer Importer Importer

Jolene JOHNSON Dimitri ZANIER Herbie PARKER

Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer

Dan BUXHAM Bob JAMES Sandra CASTE Debbie Carter Justin DRINKWATER

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 33


Defining Link Types

9. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

How do I duplicate a link type?

You do not know who is supplying the importers with the drugs. Create a new link
type, Supplier, and show this information by duplicating and editing the Importer
link type. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Link Types to display the Link Types page of
the Chart Properties dialog:

2. Select the Importer link type and click Duplicate. A copy of the Importer link
type is created.

34 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

3. Click Properties. This displays the Edit Link Type dialog:

4. In the Name box, type Supplier.


5. From the Color drop-down list, select Lime.

Note: The Supplier link type is included in the Individuals and Crime palettes.
When you copied the Importer link type all of its properties were copied
with it.

Do not close the Edit Link Type dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 35


Defining Link Types

How do I assign a semantic type to a link type?

You assign semantic types to link types in the same way as you assigned semantic
types to entity types, see How do I assign a semantic type to an entity type? on
page 27.
1. Click the Browse button in the Semantic Type area to display the Select
Semantic Type dialog:

2. In the Semantic Type navigation tree, click the plus sign to the left of
Organization Link to expand the Semantic Type navigation tree and select Is
Supplier of:

3. Click OK to close the Select Semantic Type dialog.


4. Click OK to close the Edit Link Type dialog.
5. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

36 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

6. Add the three suppliers to your chart. To do this, hold down the Shift key and,
from the Individuals palette, place three Anonymous entities on your chart just
above the three drugs entities.

Note: Release the Shift key before you add the third Anonymous entity to your
chart.

7. Add Supplier links between the Anonymous entities and the drugs entities so
that your chart looks similar to that below:

Anonymous 1 Anonymous 2 Anonymous 3

Supplier Supplier Supplier

Sample 1: Heroin Sample 2: Cocaine Sample 3: Cannabis

Importer Importer Importer

Jolene JOHNSON Dimitri ZANIER Herbie PARKER

Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer

Dan BUXHAM Bob JAMES Sandra CASTE Debbie Carter Justin DRINKWATER

8. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 37


Defining Attribute Classes

Defining Attribute Classes 1.5


Attribute classes are categories of attribute that are available for use on your chart,
for example Previous Convictions, or Last Surveillance Log. Each attribute class
has a name, a symbol and a data type (the data type defines the kind of
information that the attribute can contain).

An attribute entry is an attribute with a preset value stored in a palette, for example
a flag attribute of Previous Convictions with a value of YES.

An attribute instance is a single use of an attribute on a chart item. You can create
attribute instances by adding either an attribute class to an item and entering the
value, or adding an attribute entry having a specific value.

You can define the following properties for an attribute class:

Symbol The symbol that will be used to represent the attribute class on
the chart, for example a red triangle.

Name The name of the attribute class.

Type The data type: Text, Number, Date & Time or Flag.

Semantic Type The basic category of information used to classify the attribute
class, for example the Date of Birth property semantic type can
be used to add information to person-like attribute classes. For
more information on semantic types, refer to How do I assign a
semantic type to an attribute class? on page 44.

User Palettes The palette(s) that the attribute class will appear on as an
attribute class. An attribute class is automatically added to the
Standard palette but it can be added to as many other palettes
as you wish.

Display The way in which the attribute class is displayed on the chart.
For example, you can display an attribute class with a value, a
prefix, a suffix, its class name, and a symbol. You can also
decide to display, or not display, the attribute class on the chart

Behavior The rules that apply to the attribute class if you paste or merge
items having the same attribute class into your chart.

Some attribute classes are defined automatically by Analyst’s Notebook. They


appear in the attribute classes list with a yellow background. You cannot edit or
delete these attribute classes. These are known as automatic attributes.

38 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

Data types An attribute class can have one of four different data types:

Data Type Description

Text A textual description, for example the names of drugs with


values such as: Cocaine, Heroin, Cannabis.

Number A numeric value, for example a person’s age, or a monetary


amount.

Date & Time A date and time, for example the date and time of a meeting.

Flag A value of YES or NO, for example whether a person is a


known drugs dealer or not.

How do I define an attribute class?

Records show that one of the suspects, Justin DRINKWATER, has been under
surveillance for several months. The last surveillance log available for him is dated
21 January 2006. Define the Last Surveillance Log attribute class. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Attribute Classes to display the Attribute
Classes page of the Chart Properties dialog:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 39


Defining Attribute Classes

2. Click the New drop-down list, and select Date & Time.

This displays the New Attribute Class dialog:

3. Replace the text in the Name box with Last Surveillance Log.
4. In the Symbol area, click the drop-down arrow and select the binoculars symbol
(in the fourth column from the end).
5. In the User Palettes area, turn on the Individuals and Crime check boxes.

Do not close the New Attribute Class dialog.

40 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

How do I edit the properties of an attribute class?

The Last Surveillance Log attribute class will be displayed on your chart with both
a date and a time. However, when you use this attribute class for items on your
chart you want only the date to be displayed, and not the time. Edit the display
properties of the Last Surveillance Log attribute class so that just the date is
displayed on the chart.

To do this, turn off the Time check box and click OK to return to the Chart
Properties dialog. This attribute class will be displayed with a date, but no time,
when you add it to your chart.

Note: When you edit the properties of an attribute class, all instances of that attribute
class (both existing and new) will be updated to reflect this change.

Do not close the Chart Properties dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 41


Defining Attribute Classes

How do I define a Number attribute class?

Define an attribute class to show that Jolene JOHNSON has had previous
convictions. To do this:
1. Click the New drop-down list, and select Number. The New Attribute Class
dialog is displayed:

2. Edit this attribute class to have the following properties:

Name Previous Conviction(s)

Symbol Red triangle

User Palettes Individuals, Crime

3. Edit the properties of this attribute class so that numbers are displayed with
zero (0) decimal places. To do this:
a. In the Display area, make sure the Value check box is turned on.
b. Edit the number of decimal places to be zero (0).

42 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

4. Turn on the Suffix check box and enter a suffix of previous


conviction(s). As you type the suffix, notice that the Sample box shows
how this attribute class will be displayed on your chart.:

Note: You must type a space before the suffix, otherwise there will be no
space between the value and the suffix text.

Do not close the New Attribute Class dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 43


Assigning Property Semantic Types

Assigning Property Semantic Types 1.6


You can assign attributes to entities on the chart, which also contain semantic
information. Property semantic types can be assigned to attribute classes in a
chart. Property semantic types are more specific and detailed than entity semantic
types. For example, the Date of Birth property semantic type could be assigned to
the piece of information which is the date of birth of a person. The Nationality
property semantic type could be assigned to the piece of information which
records the nationality of a person.

When you add an attribute to a chart item, the property semantic type for the
attribute class will be assigned automatically to the chart item. You can see this by
looking at the Attribute Instances page of the Item Properties dialog for the chart
item.

Note: A property semantic type can be assigned to only one attribute class in a template.

How do I assign a semantic type to an attribute class?

You assign semantic types to attribute classes in the same way as you assigned
semantic types to entity types, see How do I assign a semantic type to an entity
type? on page 27.
1. In the New Attribute Class dialog, click the Browse button in the Semantic Type
area to display the Select Semantic Type dialog:

44 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

2. In the Find box, type crime type.


As you start to type, the Ordered Results list is updated with a potential match
and the navigation tree is displayed at this match in the list: Crime Type.

3. Select the Crime Type semantic type and click OK to close the Select Semantic
Type dialog.
4. Click OK to return to close the New Attribute Class dialog and return to the
Chart Properties dialog.

Defining further attribute classes

You know that one of the importers, Herbie PARKER, and one of the dealers,
Debbie CARTER, are known to be armed. Define a new attribute class with the
following properties:

Type Text

Name Armed

Symbol Gun

Semantic Type Gun Model

User Palettes Individuals, Crime

Records also show that Debbie CARTER and Bob JAMES have a history of
violence. Define a further attribute class with the following properties:

Type Flag

Name Violent

Symbol Three exclamation marks

User Palettes Individuals, Crime

Note: The Violent attribute class does not have a property semantic type assigned to it.

Do not close the Chart Properties dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 45


Assigning Property Semantic Types

How do I sort attribute classes in a palette?

The order in which attribute classes are listed in the Attribute Classes page of the
Chart Properties dialog is the order in which they are displayed on items on your
chart. The four attribute classes that you have just created are at the bottom of the
table. Sort all of the attribute classes so that they are displayed in alphabetical
order. To do this:
1. Click the Name column heading; the attribute classes are sorted alphabetically.

Note: If the small triangle in the column header points upwards the
attribute classes are sorted in ascending order (from A to Z). If the
triangle is pointing downwards they are sorted in descending order
(from Z to A).

2. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.


3. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

46 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

How do I add an attribute instance to a chart item?

Records show that Jolene JOHNSON has had four previous convictions. Add an
instance of the Previous Convictions attribute to show this. To do this:
1. Double-click on Jolene JOHNSON to display the Edit Icon dialog and select
Attributes\Instances to display the Instances page:

2. Click Add and from the drop-down list, select Individuals ➧ Previous
Conviction(s). A new entry is placed in the table.
3. Jolene JOHNSON has four previous convictions. In the Value column, type 4.
4. Click OK to close the Edit Icon dialog.

Jolene JOHNSON is displayed on the chart with an instance of the Previous


Convictions attribute showing that she has four previous convictions.

Jolene JOHNSON
4 prev ious conv iction(s)

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 47


Assigning Property Semantic Types

How do I add an attribute instance using the Attribute Bar?

Justin DRINKWATER has been under surveillance for many months; the last
surveillance log available for him is dated 21 January 2006. The Attribute Bar is
displayed in the bottom right of the application window, below the palette bar.
Create an instance of the Last Surveillance Log attribute class using the Attribute
Bar and add it to Justin DRINKWATER. To do this:
1. On the chart, select Justin DRINKWATER.
2. On the Attribute Bar, in the first drop-down list (the Palette drop-down list),
select Crime to select the Crime palette.

Palette drop-down list

Attribute Class drop-down list

Value box
Apply Command button

Command drop-down list

3. In the second drop-down list (the Attribute Class drop-down list), select Last
Surveillance Log.
4. In the Value box, edit the date to be 21 Jan 2006.
5. In the third drop-down list (the Command drop-down list), select Add
Attribute, then click the Apply Command button.
Justin DRINKWATER is displayed on your chart with an attribute instance
showing the last surveillance log on 21 Jan 2006.

Justin DRINKWATER
21 Jan 2006

48 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Anonymous 1 Anonymous 2 Anonymous 3

Supplier Supplier Supplier

Sample 1: Heroin Sample 2: Cocaine Sample 3: Cannabis

Importer Importer Importer

Jolene JOHNSON Dimitri ZANIER Herbie PARKER


4 prev ious conv iction(s)

Dealer Dealer Dealer


Dealer Dealer

Dan BUXHAM Bob JAMES Sandra CASTE Debbie Carter Justin DRINKWATER
21 Jan 2006

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 49


Adding Attribute Entries to Palettes

Adding Attribute Entries to Palettes 1.7


An attribute entry comprises an attribute class together with a preset value.

It is useful to add entries if you think a specific value or values will be used many
times over, since it provides a shortcut way of adding attributes to chart items.

How do I add an attribute entry to a palette?

Two of the suspects, Debbie CARTER and Herbie PARKER, have been seen
armed with guns. Debbie CARTER has been seen in possession of a shotgun and
Herbie PARKER has been seen in possession of a handgun. Add attribute entries
to the Armed attribute class, for shotgun and handgun and add the relevant
attribute entry to each of the suspects. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Attribute Entries. This displays the Attribute
Entries page of the Chart Properties dialog:

2. Click New, and from the drop-down list, select Crime ➧ Armed.
3. In the Value column, type Handgun.

50 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

4. You want the Handgun attribute entry to be available on the Crime and
Individuals palettes. It already appears on the Crime palette; click the
drop-down arrow in the User Palettes column and turn on the Individuals
check box to add it to the Individuals palette.

How do I duplicate an attribute entry?

Add an attribute entry for Shotgun. To do this:


1. Select the Handgun entry and click Duplicate. A copy of the attribute entry is
placed below it.
2. In the Value column, edit the value of this attribute entry to be Shotgun.

Note: The Shotgun attribute entry is included in the Individuals and Crime
palettes. When you created a copy of the Handgun attribute entry the
properties that were set for it were copied into the new attribute entry.

3. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.


4. Make the Crime palette active in the palette bar. To do this, click the drop-down
arrow on the palette bar, and from the drop-down list, select Crime.
5. Select a Shotgun attribute entry in the attribute pane of the palette bar and drag
it onto Debbie CARTER.

Debbie Carter
S hotgun

6. Add a Handgun attribute to Herbie PARKER using the attribute entry.

Herbie PARKER
H andgun

7. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 51


Adding Attribute Entries to Palettes

Adding further attribute entries

You know that Debbie CARTER and Bob JAMES have a history of violence. Add
an attribute entry, of type Violent, to your chart. To do this:
1. Right-click in the attribute pane of the palette bar, and from the shortcut menu,
select Edit Attribute Entries to display the Attribute Entries page of the Chart
Properties dialog:

2. Click New and select Standard ➧ Violent to select the Violent attribute class.
3. In the Value column cell, make sure that the value is set to YES.

Note: You can change the value between YES and NO by clicking .

4. Click the drop-down arrow in the User Palettes column, and turn on the
Individuals and Crime check boxes to add this attribute entry to these palettes.
5. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

52 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 1: Defining Types

How do I add an attribute to several items at the same time?

Add attribute entries to Debbie CARTER and Bob JAMES to show that they have a
history of violence. To do this:
1. On the chart select both Debbie CARTER and Bob JAMES.
2. Right-click on the Violent attribute entry in the attribute pane of the palette bar,
and from the shortcut menu, select Add to Selected Items.

Your chart should now look similar to that below (Example 1 finished.anb):

Anonymous 1 Anonymous 2 Anonymous 3

Supplier Supplier Supplier

Sample 1: Heroin Sample 2: Cocaine Sample 3: Cannabis

Importer Importer Importer

Jolene JOHNSON Dimitri ZANIER Herbie PARKER


4 prev ious conv iction(s) H andgun

Dealer
Dealer Dealer Dealer Dealer

Dan BUXHAM Bob JAMES Sandra CASTE Debbie Carter Justin DRINKWATER
YE S S hotgun 21 Jan 2006
YE S

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 53


Summary

Summary 1.8
In this example you will have learned how to:
• create entity types and add them to palettes
• create link types and add them to palettes
• create attribute classes and add them to palettes
• assign semantic types to entity and link types, and attribute classes
• use the Attribute Bar to add attribute instances
• create attribute entries and add them to palettes

54 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


2
Creating Templates

This example explains how you can create a new template file, and define the
grading system and line strengths.

Contents
Introduction 56
Creating a Template 57
Defining the Grading System 65
Defining Line Strengths 69
Creating a Chart Using a Template 71
Summary 75

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 55
Introduction

Introduction 2.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• creating a new template
• defining the grading system
• defining line strengths
• locating a template so that you can use it
• creating a chart from a template

If you need more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished template (Example 2 Template.ant) at any time
while you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this
template is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click
on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder. This example
also has a chart that verifies the contents of the template (Example 2
finished.anb), this file can also be found at the above location.

Scenario
Marc BAKER, a director of Arcacia Investments, is an associate of another
suspect, known as Mr STEELE. Mr STEELE lives at 5 Silver Street, Crownsville.
Unconfirmed reports indicate that Mr STEELE may be a known suspect, Sam
STEELE. An unknown individual uses 5 Silver Street, Crownsville as the
subscriber address for a cellphone, number 07787 162 534.

Telephone records show that Marc BAKER is the owner of a cellphone, number
07786 563 412. This cellphone has called cellphone number 07787 162 534.

56 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

Creating a Template 2.2


Templates provide a convenient starting point for new charts. Analyst’s Notebook
is distributed with some predefined templates, but you can also create your own
templates containing all of the types and properties that you frequently use. For
example, you may have a template that contains just the types and properties that
are commonly used to chart the findings of fraud investigations.

You can create a template from an existing chart or template, or you can create a
new template from scratch.

You can define the following in a template:


• entity types and default styles
• link types and default styles
• attribute classes and attribute entries
• line strengths
• grades
• date and time formats
• palettes
• page setup
• legend
• chart items
• semantic types

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 57
Creating a Template

How do I create a new template?

For each chart that you create during this investigation, you want the same types,
styles, and properties to be defined, ready for use. Create a new template and add
all of the types, styles and properties so that you can use the template as the
starting point whenever you create a new chart. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select New From Template to display the New From
Template dialog.

2. In the Create a area, select Template.

58 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

3. In the Based on area, select Empty Template, then click OK. A new empty
template is created.

Note: The palette bar contains the default Entity type, but it does not contain
any other entity types or attribute entries.

4. Save this file as a template file. To do this:


a. From the File menu, select Save As.
b. Click OK on the Cover Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog.
c. Select the folder that you created to save your charts to.
d. Enter a name for your template (Example 2 Template.ant).
e. Click Save.

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 59
Creating a Template

How do I define entity types from an existing chart?

The entity types that you want to add to this template have already been defined in
an existing chart. Instead of defining the entity types from scratch, copy them from
this chart into the new template. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 2 types.anb.

Call made by FARMER

456 FGT 02703 871 117


Black Saab 900 Station Lobby
Caledonian Road

Owner
1

Arcacia Investments
Target in Operation Crest.
A joint police and customs
investigation Associates Subscriber
into drug importation, money
laundering and Mr STEELE Marc BAKER 07786 162 534
forgery. English English
Registered Owner
Called
Called RP4
Diverts to RP3
Address Mailing Address Called RZ/6
Called RP2
RP1

Subscriber
5 Silver Street MOONSHADOW Box 518 07787 563 412 No subscriber
Crownsville White
UK
Finchley Road details available
U K Registered Crownsville
UK

Believed to crew
on vessel

Stuart WRIGHT
English

2. Select the following entities:


— Marc BAKER (Male)
— 07787 563 412 (Cellphone)
— No subscriber details available (Anonymous)
— 5 Silver Street, Crownsville (House)

Note: Click on the first entity, and while holding down the Ctrl key, click on the
remaining entities to select them.

60 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

3. With all four entities still selected, right-click on one of them, and from the
shortcut menu, select Copy Selection Only.

Note: The Copy Selection Only command copies just the selected entities. It
does not copy any of the links that are attached to them.

4. Close the Example 2 types chart. Example 2 Template is now the active chart.
5. From the Edit menu, select Paste to paste the copied selection into your
template.

Note: When the warning is displayed that some of the entities do not fall within
the grading system, click OK.

6. Click the Fit Chart in Window toolbar button to see the entire chart.

When you paste the four entities into your template they are re-created as entity
types. These are displayed in the palette bar.

Note: Any properties that were defined for these entities in the original chart have also
been added to the template. For example, Marc BAKER has a Nationality attribute
to show that he is English, and 5 Silver Street, Crownsville has a Country attribute
to show that it is a UK address. These attributes have been added to the template
as attribute classes.

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 61
Creating a Template

When you create a new chart from this template you do not want the entities that
you have pasted into the template to be on the chart. With the four items on the
template still selected, press the Delete key.

When you delete the entities from the template, the entity types and attribute
classes are still defined.
1. From the Format menu, select Entity Types. The entity types are displayed in
the Entity Types page of the Chart Properties dialog:

62 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

2. Select Attribute Classes; the attribute classes that you copied into the
template (Nationality and Country) are displayed in the Attribute Classes page:

3. Click Cancel to close the Chart Properties dialog.


4. Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 63
Creating a Template

How do I define entity types in a template?

You may not have an existing chart containing all of the entity types you want to
define in your template. You can define new entity types within the template itself.
How to do this is described in Defining Entity Types on page 21.

Define the following entity types in your template:

Name Semantic Type Icon

Associates Person White Square


(sqrwhite)

Organization Organization Green Square


(sqrgreen)

Note: You can change the line color and shade color of entity types, and assign them to
palettes but you are not interested in that now. When you add the above entity
types, accept the default color settings.

How do I define link types in a template?

You can define link types in your template in the same way that you define entity
types, by either copying them from an existing chart or defining them within the
template.

Define the following link types in your template. How to do this is described in
Defining Link Types on page 31.
• Associate (Semantic Type: Associate Of)
• General (Semantic Type: Link)
• Subscriber (Semantic Type: Is Subscriber Of)
• Telephone Call (Semantic Type: Phone Call To)
• Address (Semantic Type: Has Address Of)

Note: You can change the color of link types and assign them to palettes but you are not
interested in that now. When you add the above link types, accept the default color
settings.
Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

64 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

Defining the Grading System 2.3


You can define the grading system to use when you add information to your chart.
The grading system that you define will depend on the grading system convention
that has been adopted by your organization.

For the purposes of this example, the grading system is made up of three grades:

Grade 1 The reliability ratings of the source: Reliable Source, Sometimes


Reliable Source, Unreliable Source, Untested Source.

Grade 2 The privacy ratings of the information: Confidential, Signature


Required, Unrestricted.

Grade 3 The reliability of the information: Reliable Information, Unreliable


Information, Information Quality Unknown.

In addition to this you can specify the source type for this information, for example
the types of person from which the information was obtained. In this example the
source types that are used are: Officer, Informant, Witness, and Record.

We recommend that you only make changes to the grading system when your
chart is empty. You should also be careful if you are copying chart items from one
chart to another if the two charts have different grading systems.

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 65
Defining the Grading System

How do I define the grading system?

The information that you have received during this investigation is all graded.
Define the grading system so that you can add grades to items in charts created
using this template. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select Chart Properties, and then click
Definitions\Grading System to display the Grading System page of the Chart
Properties dialog:

2. In this template, the Grade 1 area will be used to grade source information. In
the Grade 1 area, click New. A new entry is created in the table.
3. Edit the name of this entry to be Reliable Source.

66 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

4. Add the remaining entries to the Grade 1 area using the same method:

5. In this template, the Grade 2 area will be used to grade privacy information.
Add the following entries in the Grade 2 area:

6. The Grade 3 area will be used to grade the reliability of the information. Add the
following entries in the Grade 3 area:

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 67
Defining the Grading System

7. The Source area will be used to list the different source types for the
information. Add the following source types in the Source area:

8. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

You have now completed the definition of the grading system in your template.
Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

68 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

Defining Line Strengths 2.4


Line strengths are typically used to represent the strength of the information on
your chart. The line strengths that you define will depend on the convention
adopted by your organization.

For the purposes of this example, the following line strengths are used:

Confirmed

Unconfirmed

Hypothesis

How do I define line strengths?

The strength of the information on your chart varies, some of it is confirmed, but
there are occasions when some happenings are unconfirmed or hypothetical.
Define three line strengths in your template so that you can show this. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Line Strengths to display the Line Strengths
page of the Chart Properties dialog:

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 69
Defining Line Strengths

2. The Default line strength has already been defined for you. Double-click to
rename the Default line strength to be Confirmed.
3. Click New to define a new line strength. A new line strength is created below
the Confirmed line strength.
4. Edit the name of this line strength to be Hypothesis and, from the Strength
drop-down list, select the dotted line.

5. Add a further line strength, edit its name to be Unconfirmed and, from the
Strength drop-down list, select the dashed line.

Do not close the Chart Properties dialog.

How do I change the order of line strengths?

Line strengths are displayed in the order in which you specify them. The line
strength at the top of the table is used as the default line strength when new chart
items are created. In this template the default line strength is Confirmed. The
second most used line strength is Unconfirmed. Change the order in which the line
strengths are displayed so that the Unconfirmed line strength is positioned above
the Hypothesis line strength in the list. To do this:
1. Select the Unconfirmed line strength and drag it so that it is positioned above
the Hypothesis line strength.

2. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

You have now defined entity types, link types, line strengths, and the grading
system to your template.

Save and close your template.

70 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

Creating a Chart Using a Template 2.5


When you have created a template you can use it to create new charts.

Templates can be stored as:

Standard template The Standard template, provided with Analyst’s


Notebook, is used when Analyst’s Notebook is
started, or when the New Standard Chart command
is used to create a new chart. This file is typically
stored locally on your computer.

Local template In a typical Analyst’s Notebook installation, template


files are stored locally on a computer.

Workgroup template If your organization runs Analyst’s Notebook from a


network, some of the template files that are created
may be shared by several users.

How do I create a chart using a specific template?

Create a new chart using your Example 2 Template. To do this:


1. From the File menu, select New From Template to display the New From
Template dialog:

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 71
Creating a Chart Using a Template

2. Click Browse to locate your template. The Select Template File dialog is
displayed.

3. Find and select Example 2 Template.ant. This should be in the folder you
created to store your example charts in. See Storing the charts created in the
worked examples on page 16. Click Open to return to the New From Template
dialog.
4. Click OK to create a new chart.

72 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

A new empty chart is created. Notice the entity types that you defined are
available in the palette bar:

5. Save this chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder that you created to
save your charts to. Type Example 2 Creating Templates.anb in the
File Name box and click Save.

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 73
Creating a Chart Using a Template

Verifying a template

Add information to this chart to verify that your template contains all of the items
and properties that you defined. Your finished chart should look similar to that
below (Example 2 finished.anb):

Called Subscriber
07786 563 412 07787 162 534 Anonymous

Subscriber Subscriber address

Arcacia Investments

Marc BAKER 5 Silver Street


Crownsville

Associate
Address

Associates

Same person
Mr STEELE Sam STEELE Paul SHARP

Save and close your chart.

74 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
Chapter 2: Creating Templates

Summary 2.6
In this example you will have learned how to:
• create a new template
• define the grading system
• define line strengths
• locate a template so that you can use it
• create a chart from a template

Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8) i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 75
Summary

76 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing Draft - i2 Confidential (Issue: 0.8)
3
Creating a Template from a Chart

This example explains how you can create a template from an existing chart.

Contents
Introduction 78
Creating a Template from an Existing Chart 79
Setting a New Grid Size 83
Defining Date and Time Formats 85
Specifying Default Entity and Link Styles 91
Displaying the Time Bar 92
Adding User Palettes 96
Verifying Templates 101
Sharing Templates 103
Summary 105

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 77


Introduction

Introduction 3.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• creating a template from an existing chart and using parts of the chart as the
starting point for the template
• setting the grid size
• specifying default entity and link styles
• defining date and time formats
• changing the time bar display
• creating user palettes

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished template (Example 3 Template.ant) at any time
while you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this
template is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click
on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
You have been working on an undercover investigation involving the importation of
drugs involving the cruiser MOONSHADOW. Initially, this was a one-off operation
but it has now become apparent that MOONSHADOW and two of the suspects,
Sam STEELE and Paul SHARP are also targets in other undercover investigations.

Instead of defining entity types, link types and properties each time you create a
new chart, you will create a template containing all of the types and properties that
you will use when you add the findings of these undercover investigations to a
chart.

78 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Creating a Template from an Existing Chart 3.2


To save time during an investigation if you have to create several similar charts, it is
a good idea to create a template that contains all of the entity types, link types and
properties that you frequently use.

There are two ways that you can create a template:


• Create a new empty template (how to do this is described in
Chapter 2, Creating Templates).
• Create a template (.ant file), from an existing chart (.anb file), containing all
of the entity types, link types, and properties that you want to use when
creating similar charts during an investigation.

When you create a template from an existing chart you can choose which parts of
the chart are included in the template. For example, in your investigation you may
have a common theme line or event frame, or a legend, that you want to display on
each new chart that you create using the template.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 79


Creating a Template from an Existing Chart

How do I create a template from an existing chart?

A chart exists that contains most of the types that you want in your template.
Create a new template, containing just a legend and the theme lines from this
chart. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 3 initial.anb. To access the folder in which this
chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Moored in port
Seen moored
in the harbor.
Officer DS 787/10

25 Feb 2006 14:02

Sighting

Port
MOONSHADOW
Sighting Vessel was seen moored
in a different location to
its previous sighting.
Observed
Officer DS 456/01
STEELE was seen on
board the vessel as it 27 Feb 2006 13:30
sailed into the harbor at
Castries.
Officer DS 787/09

24 Feb 2006 08:14

Sighting

Seen in bar
Sam STEELE
Sighting Seen in 'Liquide X', a bar in the
harbor. He appeared to be on
his own and was looking out at
the boats moored on the
Tricksters Bar pontoons.
Seen drinking together in a Officer DS 672/02
bar in London. They seemed
to be having a heated 27 Feb 2006 08:25
discussion about something.
Officer CS 789/a

20 Feb 2006 13:08

Sighting

Heathrow
Paul SHARP
SHARP flew to St Lucia
on the 11:30 flight from
Heathrow. St Lucia Drug Smuggling
Officer FM AB164

24 Feb 2006 06:30


C ruiser Male

Bar A irport

Surv eillance Port

Sighting Trav eled

2. Select all of the theme lines.


3. From the Edit menu, select Invert Selection.
This deselects all of the theme lines but selects all of the event frames and
links on the chart.
4. Press the Delete key to delete all of the event frames and links from the chart.

80 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

This leaves just the theme lines and the legend on the chart.

The chart with just theme lines and a legend is the starting point for your
template.
5. From the File menu, select Create Template to display the Create Template
From dialog.

6. In the Local Template box, enter the name of the template file (Example 3
Template).
7. Make sure that the theme lines and the legend are included in the template. To
do this, turn on the Include Chart Items And Legend check box.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 81


Creating a Template from an Existing Chart

8. Click OK to close the Create Template dialog.


9. Close the chart; do not save any changes.

How do I open a template to edit it?

The Example 3 Template is stored locally on your computer. Open it so that you
can edit it and add more information to it. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select Open to display the Open dialog and locate
Example 3 Template.ant. To access the folder in which this template is
stored, double-click on the Templates shortcut in the My Documents\i2\i2
Analyst's Notebook 7 folder.

2. Click Open to open Example 3 Template.ant.

82 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Setting a New Grid Size 3.3


In Analyst’s Notebook you can turn on the grid to enable you to align items on the
chart. How to do this is described in i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Creating
Charts.

You can change the horizontal and vertical spacing of the grid, so that it is more
appropriate to the size of, for example, event frames, icons and theme lines.

How do I set the grid size?

You need to change the grid settings in this template so that they are more suitable
for the types of information that you are going to add to charts created from it. To
do this:
1. Click the Grid On or Off toolbar button to display the grid.
2. From the File menu, select Chart Properties and select Options\Display to
show the Display page of the Chart Properties dialog:

3. In the Horizontal Spacing box set the grid size to be 0.25 inches (0.64
centimeters).

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 83


Setting a New Grid Size

4. In the Vertical Spacing box set the grid size to be 0.5 inches (1.27
centimeters).
5. Click OK.
6. Click the Fit Chart in Window toolbar button to see the entire chart.

The grid is displayed with the new horizontal and vertical spacing that you
specified. The theme lines are aligned on the left of the chart.

How do I display the grid by default?

Each time a new chart is created from this template you want the grid to be
displayed by default. Click the Save toolbar button to save the template. The next
time you create a new chart from this template the grid will be displayed.

84 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Defining Date and Time Formats 3.4


Analyst’s Notebook allows you to define date and time formats for items on your
chart. Typical date and time formats can contain:
• only a date, for example 23 Jan 2007
• only a time, for example 14:15
• both a date and a time, for example 23 Jan 2007 14:15

Each part of the date and time format can be separated by a space, hyphen or any
symbol to match the date and time format that your organization uses.

You can use any of the components listed below when defining a date and time
format. An example date and time format using these components could be
dd MMM yyyy HH:mm, which will be displayed as 12 Sep 2007 18:30.

The lists below show some of the components that you may use when defining
date and time formats. A complete list of these components is available in the
online help.

Date formats W The Windows date; this is the date format specified in your
Windows settings.
d Day of the month, no leading zero, for example 1.
dd Two digit day of the month, for example 01.
ddd Short day name, for example Mon.
dddd Long day name, for example Monday.
M Month number, no leading zero, for example 1.
MM Two digit month number, for example 01.
MMM Short month name, for example Sep.
MMMM Long month name, for example September.
y Year, no leading zero, for example 2.
yy Two digit year, for example 07.
yyyy Four digit year, for example 2007.
D Day of week, first letter only, for example M.
DD Day of month with an ordinal, for example 1st.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 85


Defining Date and Time Formats

Time formats w The Windows time; this is the time format specified in your
Windows settings.
h Hour of day, 12 hour clock, no leading zero, for example 3.
hh Two digit hour of day, 12 hour clock, for example 03.
H Hour of day (24 hour clock), no leading zero, for example 3.
HH Two digit hour of day (24 hour clock), for example 15.
t First letter of AM/PM specifier, for example P.
tt AM/PM specifier, for example AM.
m Minutes, no leading zero, for example 1.
mm Two digit minutes, for example 01.
s Seconds, no leading zero, for example 9.
ss Two digit seconds, for example 09.
z The number of hours greater or less than UTC, no leading
zero, for example GMT will be displayed as 11:34 +1 (UTC +1
hour).
zz The number of hours greater than or less than UTC, for
example GMT will be displayed as 11:24 +01 (UTC +1 hour).
Z The short name of the time zone, for example PST.
ZZ The long name of the time zone, for example Pacific
Standard Time.

86 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

How do I define a date and time format?

The template has inherited all of the date and time formats that were defined in the
Example 3 initial chart. Add two new date and time formats, one to display the full
date and time, and one that shows just the date, with no time. To do this:

1. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog. Select Definitions\Date & Time Formats to display the Date & Time
Formats page:

2. Click New. A new date and time format is added to the table.
3. In the Name column, edit the name of this date and time format to be Long
date and time.
4. In the Format column, type dd MMMM yyyy HH:mm:ss and press the Enter
key.

Note: When you have finished adding this date and time format notice that the
Sample column shows an example of how it will appear on the chart.

5. Click New again.


6. Define a date and time format that displays just the date and no time. In the
Name column, edit the name of this date and time format to be No time.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 87


Defining Date and Time Formats

7. In the Format column, type dd MMM yyyy and press the Enter key.
8. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

How do I find the chart time zone?

You want the time zone that is used when creating a chart from this template to be
(GMT -05:00): Eastern Time (N America). To find the chart time zone:
Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart
Properties dialog. Select Defaults\Date & Time to display the Date & Time
page:

1. In the Time Zone area, from the drop-down list, select (GMT -05:00): Eastern
Time (N America).
2. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.
3. Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

88 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Specifying Default Entity and Link Styles 3.5


If your organization always displays an entity representation or link type with the
same properties, such as the date and time format, font, or color, you can specify a
default style rather than change the properties as you add each item to the chart.
There is a default style for each representation.

There are two ways that you can set the default styles of an entity representation
or link:
• edit the style of items on the chart and set the default style
• edit the default style of a representation directly

How do I specify the default style of a theme line?

Set the default display properties for theme lines so that they extend to the leftmost
and rightmost items on the chart. Set the right terminator to be a triangle. To do
this:
1. Select all of the theme lines.
2. From the Edit menu, select Item Properties and select Style\Display to show
the Display page:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 89


Specifying Default Entity and Link Styles

3. From the Right Terminator drop-down list, select Triangle.


4. To extend the theme lines to the leftmost item on the chart, turn on the
Leftmost Chart Item check box.
5. To extend the theme lines to the rightmost item on the chart, turn on the
Rightmost Chart Item check box.
6. You want every theme line that you add to a chart using this template to have
the same display properties that you have just set. To do this, turn on the Set
Default Style check box.
7. Click OK to close the Combined Properties dialog.

The theme lines are now displayed on your chart with a triangle as the right-hand
terminator. The theme lines also extend to the leftmost and rightmost item on the
chart. Any theme lines you add to a chart that are created from this template will
have the same display properties set.

Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

90 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

How do I specify the default style of an event frame?

You can set the default style of any entity representation or link. Set the default
style of an event frame so that the description and the long date and time format is
displayed. To do this:
1. From the Format menu, select Set Default Styles and select Event
Frame\Display to show the Display page:

2. You want the grades to be displayed by default. Make sure that the Grades
check box is turned on.
3. In the Displayed Date & Time area, from the Format drop-down list, select
Long date and time. The date and time format that you added to the template
will be used in all event frames.
4. Click OK to close the Set Default Styles dialog.
5. Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 91


Displaying the Time Bar

Displaying the Time Bar 3.6


You can choose to turn on the display of the time bar in your template, so that each
time a new chart is created from it the time bar is displayed.

You can choose which components of the time bar are visible. A typical time bar
showing all of its components is shown below:

Interval Label

Interval Band
Tick Band
Marker Band

Major Tick Marker Symbol Minor Tick Overlap Marker

A time bar consists of the following components:


• Interval Band
The interval band shows you the intervals that the time bar is displayed in, for
example hours, days, weeks.
You can edit the line color of the interval band and specify a font for interval
labels. You can also choose the placement of the interval label within the
interval band.

92 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

• Tick Band
The tick band consists of major ticks, for example at hourly intervals. Each
major tick may be labeled with the time. Minor ticks show intervals of time
between the major ticks, for example minutes. Minor ticks do not have any
labels but if you hover your mouse over a minor tick a tooltip, containing the
date and time at that point on the chart, will be displayed.
As with the interval band you can edit the line color of the tick band and specify
the font to be used for tick labels. You can also specify where the label is placed
on the tick.
• Marker Band
The marker band contains marker symbols which indicate when there are
items on the chart that are controlling. An overlap marker is displayed if you
have two or more controlling chart items that are positioned in close proximity
to each other on the chart.
Overlap markers and marker symbols do not have any labels. If you hover your
mouse over a marker symbol a tooltip will be displayed containing the label of
the chart item and its date and time. If you hover your mouse over an overlap
marker a tooltip will be displayed showing how many controlling chart items are
at that position on the chart.
You can edit the line color of the marker band and the color to be used for the
marker symbol and the overlap marker.

There are a number of additional display options you can set for your time bar,
such as its background and border colors.

How do I change the time bar display?


Display the time bar in your template. To do this:

1. Click the Time Bar toolbar button.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 93


Displaying the Time Bar

The time bar is displayed at the top of the chart window:

2. Double-click in the time bar to open the Time Bar\Display page of the Chart
Properties dialog:

94 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

3. In the Interval Band area, make sure that the Show check box is turned on.
4. In the Tick Band area, click on the drop-down list and change the line color to
be Red.
5. In the Tick Label Alignment area, set the default tick label alignment to be
left-aligned by selecting the top option.

6. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

The time bar is displayed with all of the properties that you have just set.

Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 95


Adding User Palettes

Adding User Palettes 3.7


The Standard palette, provided with Analyst’s Notebook, contains all of the types
and attributes that are defined in your chart. You can also create subsets of the
Standard palette, known as user palettes. User palettes are typically used to group
similar types and attributes so that you can easily find them when adding
information to your chart.

You can create any number of user palettes. A type or attribute can be used in
more than one palette.

In the example below, the Standard palette contains all of the types and attributes.
User palette 1 is a subset of the Standard palette and contains all of the types and
attributes associated with locations. User palette 2 is also a subset of the Standard
palette and contains the types and attributes associated with individuals. The
House type is defined in both User palette 1 and User palette 2.

Standard palette

Telephone Motorcycle

Bar Male
User palette 1 User palette 2
House

Port Female

Drugs

96 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

How do I add a user palette?

Add a new user palette to your template. To do this:


1. From the File menu, select User Palettes to display the User Palettes dialog:

2. Click New. A new palette is created in the table.


3. In the Name column, edit the name of the palette to be Common and click OK to
close the User Palettes dialog.

How do I add content to a user palette?

The Standard palette contains all of the entity and link types. Add some of the
entity types from the Standard palette to the new Common palette. To do this:
1. From the View menu, select Toolbars ➧ Palette Bar 2.
This displays a second palette bar (Palette Bar 2) to the left of the palette bar
(Palette Bar 1).

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 97


Adding User Palettes

2. Click on the drop-down arrow at the top of the second palette bar and select
Common to display the new empty palette.

3. Copy entity types from the Standard palette to the Common palette. To do this:
a. Scroll down the Standard palette bar and select the Surveillance entity
type.
b. Drag the Surveillance icon from the Standard palette into the Common
palette.
4. Repeat step 3 to copy the following entity types from the Standard palette to the
Common palette:

Port

Bar

Airport

98 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

How do I change the order of entity types in a user palette?

You may wish to change the order in which entity types are arranged in a user
palette, for example to keep all of the entity types used to represent the same sort
of information (such as different drug types) together. When you have added all
four entity types, rearrange the order in which they are displayed in the palette. To
do this:
1. In the Common palette, select the Airport entity type and drag it so that it is
positioned between the Port and Bar entity types.
The entity types in the Common palette should now be displayed in the order
below:

Note: Dragging is an easy way of changing the order of entity types and
attribute entries in palettes. However, if you wish to change the order in
which link types and attribute classes are displayed you must do so in
the Chart Properties dialog.

2. Close Palette Bar 1; right-click in the toolbar and turn off the Palette Bar 1
check box.
3. The Attribute Bar is still displayed to the right of the Common palette. Move it so
that it is docked underneath the Common palette. To do this, double-click the
double bar of the Attribute Bar.
double bar

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 99


Adding User Palettes

4. The Attribute Bar is now "undocked" and can be moved. Hold down the left
mouse button and drag this bar below the Common palette, then release the
mouse button.

The Attribute Bar will now be docked below the Common palette:

5. Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

100 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Verifying Templates 3.8


When you have created a template that contains all the properties that you want it
is a good idea to verify that it is correct before you start to create charts from it.

To verify a template, create a new chart from it and consider the properties that you
set. For example, verify that:
• the entity and link types are available
• the user palettes are available
• the time bar is displayed
• the grid is displayed
• the default styles for entity representations and links are set
• the legend is displayed

How do I verify a template?

Before you start to create new charts from this template, it is a good idea to verify
that all of the types and settings are correct. To do this:
1. Close the Example 3 template.
2. From the File menu, select New From Template.
3. From the list of Analyst’s Notebook Local Templates, select Example 3
Template and click OK.
4. A new chart is created. This chart has all of the properties that you specified in
the template. Check that the following items are displayed on the chart:

time bar

grid

legend

three theme lines for Sam STEELE, Paul SHARP and MOONSHADOW

Common palette bar

5. Click the drop-down arrow on the Insert Theme Line toolbar button, and select
Common ➧ Airport to select the Airport type.
6. Place the theme line on the chart, below the Paul SHARP theme line. Check
that the following display properties are set for this theme line:

the theme line extends to both the leftmost and rightmost items on the chart

the right terminator is a triangle

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 101


Verifying Templates

7. Click the drop-down arrow on the Insert Event Frame toolbar button, and
select Common ➧ Surveillance to select the Surveillance type from the
Common palette.
8. Place this event frame on the chart and add the following information to it:

Identity Departure

Date & Time 20 Jun 2006 18:25

Description Flight leaves for St Lucia.

Grades A15

Source Type Officer

Source Reference DS 453/01

9. Check that the event frame is displayed with the correct date and time format
and that the grades are displayed.

Departure

Flight leaves for St Lucia.

A15

Officer DS 453/01

20 June 2006 18:25:00

You have now finished checking that all of the properties you set in the Example 3
Template are available when you create a new chart from it.

Close the chart without saving it.

102 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Sharing Templates 3.9


When you have created and verified a new template on your local computer, you
may want to share it with other users on the network. This is useful if every user is
creating similar charts, as each chart will use the same settings, and therefore the
presentation will be similar.

To share a template with other users you should follow the steps below:
• using Windows Explorer, locate the template file that you want to share
• move the template file to an area on the network that is accessible by other
users
• inform the other users of the location of the template file

Each user will need to update the Workgroup Template Folder path, in the
Templates page of the Options dialog, with the location of the template.

To do this:
1. From the Tools menu, select Options, and select Options\Templates to
display the Templates page of the Options dialog:

2. In the Workgroup Template Folder box, enter the path of the template, for
example C:\Documents and Settings\Your Name\Templates.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 103


Sharing Templates

The next time that the user creates a new chart from a template, the template will
be listed in the Analyst’s Notebook Workgroup Templates list.

104 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 3: Creating a Template from a Chart

Summary 3.10
In this example you will have learned how to:
• create a template from an existing chart and use parts of the chart as the
starting point for the template
• set the grid size
• specify default entity and link styles
• define date and time formats
• change the time bar display
• create user palettes

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 105


Summary

106 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


4
Customizing a Template

This example further demonstrates how you can create a template from an existing
chart, merge the contents of two templates, and delete any unwanted types,
attribute entries, and palettes from a template.

Contents
Introduction 108
Customizing an Existing Template 109
Merging Templates 113
Verifying a New Template 120
Summary 121

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 107


Introduction

Introduction 4.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• customizing an existing template
• merging templates
• deleting entity types, link types, attribute entries, and user palettes from a
template
• verifying a template

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished template (Example 4 Template.ant) at any time
while you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this
template is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click
on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
Your department is changing the focus of its investigations. It will no longer be
investigating any financial crimes, or those involving drugs, but will be moving on to
investigate international crime.

The template that you use contains types associated with financial information. It
does not contain the national flags of those countries that your future investigations
will focus on. You need to update the template to remove any financial types and
add the national flags of those countries that you will focus on in the future.

108 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

Customizing an Existing Template 4.2


As the focus of your investigation changes you may find that the template your
organization uses to create charts contains types, attributes, and palettes that are
no longer of use. If you wish, you can remove any unused types from your palette.

This is particularly useful, for example, if you are using the Standard template
distributed with Analyst’s Notebook, and want to reduce the size and complexity of
it so that your organization only uses those types, attributes and palettes that are of
interest.

How do I remove entity types from a palette?

Your organization uses a template that contains all of the types that you regularly
use when creating charts. Your department is no longer dealing with any crimes
involving drugs and therefore wants to remove the entity types, link types, and
attribute entries relating to drugs from this template. Remove the drugs entity type
from the Commodities palette. To do this:
1. Open the template User Guide Examples.ant.
2. Save this template; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder that you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 4 Template.ant in the File Name box
and click Save.
3. On the palette bar, click the drop-down arrow and select Commodities to
display the Commodities palette:

4. Right-click on the Drugs entity type, and from the shortcut menu, select
Remove from Palette.

The Commodities palette should now only contain the Commodity entity type.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 109


Customizing an Existing Template

How do I delete a palette from a template?

In addition to no longer handling crimes involving drugs, your organization will no


longer be analyzing financial crimes. Delete the Financial palette from your
template. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select User Palettes to display the User Palettes dialog:

2. From the list of palettes, select Financial and click Delete; the Financial palette
is deleted.
3. Click OK to close the User Palettes dialog.

110 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

How do I delete a link type from a template?

You do not want any link type associated with financial information to be defined in
this template. Delete the following link types: Account Banker, Account Holder,
Deal, Check Transaction, Credit Card Transaction, Money, and Transaction. To do
this:
1. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog, and select Definitions\Link Types to display the Link Types page:

2. Select the following link types: Account Banker, Account Holder, Deal, Check
Transaction, Credit Card Transaction, Money, and Transaction, and click Delete
to delete them from the template.
3. Click Yes to dismiss the confirmation message dialog.
4. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 111


Customizing an Existing Template

Further Customizing

Your department has also decided that they want to display the grid when a new
chart is created based on this template. To do this, click the Grid On or Off toolbar
button.

Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

112 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

Merging Templates 4.3


Your organization may have a template that it uses to create all of its charts. There
may be occasions, for example if the focus of your investigation changes, when the
template you are using does not contain the types and definitions that you want to
use. If you have another template containing the types and definitions that you
require then you can add them to your template.

When you merge templates you can choose to merge the following types and
definitions:
• Options
• Time Bar
• Defaults
• Entity Types
• Link Types
• Attribute Classes
• Grading System
• Line Strengths
• Date and Time Formats
• Default Styles
• User Palettes

There are two ways that you can copy types from one template to another:
• Create a chart using a template containing the types that you want to copy to
your template. Copy these items and paste them into your template.
• Merge the contents of one template into another.

The Standard template, distributed with Analyst’s Notebook, contains entity types
for national flags; these are also stored in a separate template file (Flag.ant).

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 113


Merging Templates

In the example below, the Original Template contains all of the entity types that are
commonly used by an organization. The Telephone Template contains other entity
types that the organization wants to add to the Original Template. When you merge
the Telephone Template into the Original Template its entity types are merged into
the Original Template.

Male Female Payphone Cellphone

Original Template Telephone Template

merge

Cellphone Female Result of merge

Male
Payphone

Merged Template

Note: You can merge the contents of charts in the same way. The contents of one chart
will be merged into the contents of another.

114 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

How do I merge two templates?

The template that your department uses does not contain any national flags.
Future investigations are going to involve international crime investigation so you
want to add some national flags to your template. Analyst’s Notebook is distributed
with a template that contains just national flags (Flag.ant) grouped using
palettes. Merge the entity types and palettes from the Flag template into your new
template. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select Merge Template to display the Merge Template
dialog:

2. You want to merge the flags from the Flag template into your template. In the
Source area, select Flag.
3. You want to use the entity types and user palettes from the Flag template. In
the Options area, click Clear All to turn off all of the check boxes, then turn on
the Entity Types and User Palettes check boxes.
4. Click OK to merge the definitions.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 115


Merging Templates

How do I create a new user palette?

Your template now contains all of the flag entity types and user palettes that were
defined in the Flag template. You only want to use a few of these flags. Create a
new user palette in which to place them. To do this:
1. Right-click in the palette bar, and from the shortcut menu, select Edit User
Palettes. This displays the User Palettes dialog:

2. Click New. A new user palette is placed at the bottom of the table.
3. Edit the name of this user palette to be Countries and click OK to close the
User Palettes dialog.

How do I add entity types to a user palette?

You want to add the following flags to your newly created Flags user palette: the
Bahamas, Saint Lucia, the United States, and the United Kingdom. To do this:
1. Right-click on the toolbar, and from the shortcut menu, select Palette Bar 2.
This displays a second palette bar (Palette Bar 2) to the left of the first palette
bar (Palette Bar 1).
2. Click the drop-down arrow on Palette Bar 2 and select Countries to display the
new empty Countries user palette.

116 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

3. You want to add flags for the Bahamas, Saint Lucia, and the United States,
these are held in the Flags - Americas palette. Click the drop-down arrow on
Palette Bar 1 and select Flags - Americas to display it.
4. Drag the Bahamas, Saint Lucia and United States entity types from the
Flags - Americas palette into the Countries palette.
5. You also want to add a flag for the United Kingdom; this is held in the
Flags - Europe palette. Click the drop-down arrow on Palette Bar 1 and select
Flags - Europe to display it.
6. Drag the United Kingdom entity type from the Flags - Europe palette into the
Countries palette.
7. Your Countries user palette now contains entity types for the Bahamas, Saint
Lucia, the United States and the United Kingdom.

8. Close Palette Bar 2; right-click on the toolbar, and turn off the Palette Bar 2
check box.

9. Click the Save toolbar button to save your template.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 117


Merging Templates

How do I delete an entity type from a template?

Your template now contains many more flags than you require. Delete any of the
flags that you are not interested in. To do this:

1. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog, and select Definitions\Entity Types to display the Entity Types page.
From the Palettes drop-down list, select Standard to display the entity types in
the Standard palette:

2. Click on the User Palettes column heading to sort the entity types by the
palettes in which they appear.
3. The first entity type that you want to delete is Algeria; click on it to select it.
4. Scroll down the table to the Wales entity type and, while holding down the Shift
key, click on it. This selects all of the entity types between Algeria and Wales.
5. Click Delete to delete the selected entity types from the template.
6. Click Yes on the confirmation message dialog.
7. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

118 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

How do I delete a user palette?

Your template now contains several user palettes that no longer contain any entity
types. Delete any user palette that contains flags, taking care not to delete the
newly defined Countries palette. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select User Palettes to display the User Palettes dialog:

2. Select all of the user palettes that are prefixed with Flags.
3. Click Delete to delete these user palettes from the template.
4. Click OK to close the User Palettes dialog.
5. You have now completed customizing your template. Save and close it.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 119


Verifying a New Template

Verifying a New Template 4.4


When you have created or customized a template it is a good idea to verify that it
works before you start to create charts from it or share it with other users.

Before your department starts to use this updated template it is a good idea to
verify that it works. Create a new chart based on your new template and use it to
create the chart below:

Saint Lucia

Resident

Associates
WRIGHT STEELE

Crew

MOONSHADOW

Close this chart, do not save any changes.

120 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 4: Customizing a Template

Summary 4.5
In this example you will have learned how to:
• customize an existing template
• merge templates
• remove entity types, link types, attribute entries, and user palettes from a
template
• verify a template

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 121


Summary

122 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


5
Showing and Hiding Information

This example explains how you can show and hide information for presentation
purposes.

Contents
Introduction 124
Introducing Selection Sets 125
Showing Attributes 129
Changing the Size of an Icon 135
Changing the Shading Color of an Icon 137
Editing the Legend 140
Preparing to Print a Chart 145
Summary 154

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 123


Introduction

Introduction 5.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• selection sets
• showing and hiding information
• changing the size of an icon
• changing the shading color of an icon
• editing the chart legend
• preparing a chart for printing
• printing a chart

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 5 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
A chart already exists showing a series of happenings relating to the cruiser
MOONSHADOW and the three suspects, STEELE, SHARP and KENT. It also
depicts items of a restricted, confidential and top secret nature, all of which are
color coded. All of the suspects have attributes relating to their nationality and date
of birth. These attributes are not currently displayed on the chart. Two of the icons
on the chart (Marc BAKER and Arcacia Investments) are double the size of the
other icons on the chart.

You are going to present this chart to an audience that does not have the required
security clearance to view information with a classification of top secret. The
attributes for each of the suspects needs to be displayed, since their date and birth
and nationality are pertinent to this investigation. You also want to make sure that
the information is displayed accurately and that none of it is emphasized, so you
will need to make sure that all of the icons are displayed at normal size and with
the correct shading color.

124 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

Introducing Selection Sets 5.2


In Analyst’s Notebook you can add items that are selected on a chart to a selection
set. A selection set allows you to quickly store or restore a selection. This is useful
when you are analyzing a chart. You can create a selection set, and, as you
perform further analysis on your chart, add items to it. You can also remove items
from a selection set.

You can choose to display a Selection Set attribute on items belonging to a


selection set. This attribute is displayed below the item with a value indicating the
selection set that it belongs to. An item can belong to more than one selection set.
You can have up to ten different selection sets on a chart.

In the example chart below, all of the suspects are members of Selection Set 1. All
modes of transport are in Selection Set 2, as are their owners. All commodities
(drugs and packages) are members of Selection Set 3, as are the people from
which they originated.

WINDSPEED

Registered
Keeper
Package
Registered
Cash Associates
Keeper
Phil TAYLOR Michelle WALKER Brandon BERRIER 456 FGT

Owner Cash Supplier

Importer

368 TRL Arthur BRADLEY Cocaine

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 125


Introducing Selection Sets

How do I restore the selection from a selection set?

A chart already exists showing a series of happenings relating to the cruiser


MOONSHADOW and the three suspects, STEELE, SHARP and KENT. It contains
items of a restricted, confidential and top secret classification, all of which are color
coded and included in selection sets. Selection Set 0 is color coded red to indicate
that this information is top secret. You do not want top secret information to be
displayed when you present this chart. Find the contents of Selection Set 0. To do
this:
1. Open the chart Example 5 initial.anb. To access the folder in which this
chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Monday 20th February 2006 Friday 24th February 2006 Saturday 25th February 2006 Saturday 25th February 2006 Saturday 25th February 2006 Sunday 26th February 2006 Monday 27th February 2006 Wednesday 1st March 2006
00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 17:40 21st 12:00 22nd 12:00 23rd 12:00 00:00 09:00 12:00 15:00 18:00 21:00 00:00 03:00 06:00 09:00 12:00 13:30 15:00 16:30 18:00 19:10 20:00 21:00 22:00 00:00 03:00 06:00 08:00 12:00 18:00 00:00 06:00 12:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 00:00 12:00 March 12:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00

MOONSHADOW
Moored in Port Port
Seen moored Vessel was
in the harbor. seen moored
Observed in a different
A15 location to its
STEELE seen on board the previous
vessel as it sailed into the Witness sighting.
harbor at Castries.
Sandra CASTE 25 Feb 2006 19:02 27 Feb 2006 18:30
A15

Witness
Associates 24 Feb 2006 13:14

Sam STEELE
Seen in bar in St Lucia
In 'Liquide X', a bar in the harbor.
Tricksters Bar Meeting in a hotel
He appeared to be on his own
Seen drinking together in a bar and was looking out at the boats Both met in a hotel bar. Agenda
in London. They seemed to be moored on the pontoons. unknown. At one point SHARP
having a heated discussion went to reception where he used
A15
about something. their phone to make a call.
A15 Officer A15

Officer 27 Feb 2006 13:25 Officer

20 Feb 2006 18:08 01 Mar 2006 17:37

Paul SHARP Telephone Call


Seen in harbor at St Lucia Return from reception to
All three were seen walking in the SHARP flew from St
harbor. They seemed very nervous. Lucia on the 22:30 flight
Constantly checking around them as to Heathrow.
if to ensure they weren't being Record Manifest Flight paid by
followed. credit card
25 Feb 2006 22:30 Occupant of room
A15
Room 203 Charles FARMER
Witness

25 Feb 2006 11:52


Card no: 4587 - 9083

Departure Departure
Danny KENT
KENT flew to St Lucia. He KENT boarded a flight from St
traveled alone, on an open Lucia. He traveled on the return
return ticket. portion of a cash paid, open
A15 return ticket.
A15
Record
Record
24 Feb 2006 08:30
26 Feb 2006 08:30
St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations
Traveled to airport in Top Secret Confidential Restricted

Director of Owner of Male C ruiser O rganization Car

456 FGT
Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER Black Saab
Airport Port F emale Telephone

Associates

Credit Surv eillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting Attendee


Jolene JOHNSON
C onv enor Telephone C all A sso ciates

Trav eled O wner

2. Save this chart using Save As from the File menu. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 5 show and hide.anb in the File
Name box and click Save.

126 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

3. Press 0 to select the items in Selection Set 0.


There are two members of Selection Set 0, Jolene JOHNSON and Sandra
CASTE. Each of these are selected on the chart. You know that they are in
Selection Set 0 as the attribute displayed beneath the entities has a value of 0:

Sandra CASTE

Associates

Sam STEELE

Tricksters Bar
Seen drinking together in a bar
in London. They seemed to be
having a heated discussion
about something.
A15

Officer

20 Feb 2006 18:08

Paul SHARP

Departure
Danny KENT
KENT flew to St Lucia. He
traveled alone, on an open
return ticket.
A15

Record

24 Feb 2006 08:30

Traveled to airport in

Director of Owner of

456 FGT
Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER Black Saab

Associates

Jolene JOHNSON

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 127


Showing and Hiding Chart Items

Showing and Hiding Chart Items 5.3


If you are working on a complex chart, you may want to show or hide subsets of
the data. For example, if you are presenting a chart containing information that is of
a classified nature you can show or hide this information depending on the security
clearance level of the audience. This removes the need to create separate charts
for each presentation.

Note: When you hide a chart item, you will not be able to select it or search for it until you
make it visible again.

How do I hide items on a chart?

Jolene JOHNSON and Sandra CASTE are color coded red to show that this
information is top secret. This chart will be presented to people who do not have
the necessary security clearance to view top secret information so you will have to
hide this information on the chart. To do this:
1. With the two entities (Jolene JOHNSON and Sandra CASTE) still selected,
select Show And Hide from the View menu,. This displays the Show And Hide
dialog:

2. Click Hide to hide the selected items from view.


Sandra CASTE and Jolene JOHNSON are no longer displayed on the chart.

Note: Jolene JOHNSON and Sandra CASTE have not been deleted from the
chart. They are still part of the chart but are hidden. This means that
you will not be able to select them or search for them until you show
them again.

128 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

Showing Attributes 5.4


When you define an attribute class, you can choose whether or not to display
instances of it on the chart. If you choose to display an attribute class, it will always
be displayed on each item that has an attribute of that class. Similarly, if you
choose not to display an attribute class, it will not be displayed on any of the items
on the chart. Unlike hidden items, attribute classes that are not shown can still be
searched for.

How do I hide an attribute?

There are two other selection sets on the chart. Selection Set 1 contains
Card no: 4587 - 9083 and Selection Set 2 contains FARMER and Room 203. The
items in each of these selection sets are displayed with a selection set attribute.
You want the items to be visible but you do not want the selection set attributes to
be visible when you present your chart, so hide the attributes. To do this:
1. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog, and select Definitions\Attribute Classes to display the Attribute
Classes page:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 129


Showing Attributes

2. Hold down the Ctrl key and select Selection Set 1, then, while still holding down
the Ctrl key, click on Selection Set 2 to select it. Click Properties to display the
Edit Attribute Classes dialog:

3. Turn off the Show On Chart check box and click OK to return to the Chart
Properties dialog.
4. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

130 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

The attributes for Selection Set 1 and Selection Set 2 are no longer displayed on
the chart:

Seen in bar in St Lucia


In 'Liquide X', a bar in the harbor.
Meeting in a hotel
He appeared to be on his own
and was looking out at the boats Both met in a hotel bar. Agenda
moored on the pontoons. unknown. At one point SHARP
went to reception where he used
A15
their phone to make a call.
Officer A15

27 Feb 2006 13:25 Officer

01 Mar 2006 17:37

Telephone Call
Return from reception to
SHARP flew from St
Lucia on the 22:30 flight
to Heathrow.
Record Manifest Flight paid by
credit card
25 Feb 2006 22:30 Occupant of room

Room 203 Charles FARMER

Card no: 4587 - 9083

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 131


Showing Attributes

How do I display attributes that are not visible on a chart?

The three Male theme lines have attributes for Nationality and Date of Birth but
these are not displayed on the chart. To show these attributes on the chart:
1. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog, and select Definitions\Attribute Classes to display the Attribute
Classes page:

132 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

2. Select the Nationality and Date of Birth attribute classes and click
Properties. The Edit Attribute Classes dialog is displayed:

Note: The Text page of the Edit Attribute Classes dialog applies to the
Nationality attribute as it is of type Text. The Date & Time page applies
to the Date of Birth attribute as it is of type Date & Time.

3. On the Text page, turn on the Show On Chart check box.


4. Click the Date & Time tab to display the Date & Time page, and turn on the
Show On Chart check box.
5. Click OK to close this dialog and return to the Chart Properties dialog.
6. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 133


Showing Attributes

The theme lines relating to people are displayed with Nationality and Date of Birth
attributes:

Sam STEELE
17 S ep 1960
British

Paul SHARP
17 Jun 1967
British

Danny KENT
01 M ay 1966
British

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

134 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

Changing the Size of an Icon 5.5


When you create a chart, you can choose to emphasize certain aspects of it by
changing the size of icons. For example, you may have a suspect who is the center
of an investigation. If you want this suspect to stand out from the rest of your chart
you could change the size of the icon so that it is larger than the other icons on
your chart.

Note: If you are presenting a chart in court, it is inadvisable to change the size of
individual icons so that they stand out from the rest of the chart.

How do I change the size of an icon?

The icons for Marc BAKER and Arcacia Investments are double the size of any of
the other icons on the chart. You are going to present this chart in court, therefore
all of the icons need to be the same size so that individual icons do not stand out.
Change the size of both of these icons so that they are displayed at normal size. To
do this:
1. Select Marc BAKER and Arcacia Investments, right-click on one of them and,
from the shortcut menu, select Combined Properties and then
Style\Icons\Type to display the Type page of the Edit Chart Item dialog:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 135


Changing the Size of an Icon

2. In the Icon Enlargement drop-down list, notice that these icons are currently
enlarged to x2 Double. Select x1 Normal from this list so that these icons are
displayed at their normal size.
3. Click OK to close the Edit Chart Item dialog.

The icons for both Marc BAKER and Arcacia Investments are displayed at normal
size on the chart. Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Departure
Danny KENT
British KENT flew to St Lucia. He
01 M ay 1966 traveled alone, on an open
return ticket.
A15

Record

24 Feb 2006 08:30

Traveled to airport in

Director of Owner of
Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER 456 FGT
Black Saab

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

136 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

Changing the Shading Color of an Icon 5.6


You can shade the icons on your chart with a specific color. This is useful if you
want to bring some realism to your charts, that is, to show the icons with the colors
more as they appear in real life. For example, you can display a green truck, a
black suitcase, and pink house on your chart.

Before shading After shading

Icon shading can be applied to individual entities, and to entity types so that all
entities added to the chart of a particular type use the same color shading. Color
shading applies to entities that are represented as icons, and theme lines and
event frames that display icons. The following chart example shows how icon color
shading could be used in your charts.
Icon shading
for an entity
12 High Street type called
Sighting
Little Rock
Yellow Cab
Icon color Passenger pickup
shading for Suspect seen leaving 12 Traveled from
individual High Street, Little Rock in a
yellow cab.
entities with Cab 124 RST
05 Apr 2006 05:30
different
Traveled in
representations

Anonymous Person

Traveled in

Passenger setdow n
Suspect seen arriving at
210 Green Street, St Traveled to
Savior in yelllow cab.
05 Apr 2006 06:46 Cab 456 DFG

Sighting

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 137


Changing the Shading Color of an Icon

How do I change the shading color of an icon?

The icon for the 456 FGT Black Saab displays a blue color taken from the standard
color defined for the Car entity type. Change the icon shading color for this entity to
black to reflect the known color for this car. To do this:
1. Press the F4 key to display the Find Text dialog.
2. Type black in the Find box, and click OK to start the search. A message is
displayed.

3. Click OK to close the message, and click the Fit Selection in Window toolbar
button to display the matching item, 456 FGT Black Saab, in the full window.
4. Right-click on 456 FGT Black Saab, and from the shortcut menu, select Edit
Item Properties to display the Edit Icon dialog.
5. Select Style\Type to display the Type page of the Edit Icon dialog.

138 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

6. Click on the drop-down arrow of the Shade Color drop-down list and select
Black.

7. Click OK to close the Edit Icon dialog.


The icon for 456 FGT Black Saab is now displayed with a black shading color.

456 FGT
Black Saab
Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 139


Editing the Legend

Editing the Legend 5.7


The legend acts as a key to all of the items on a chart. You can choose which items
you want to be displayed on the legend. This is particularly useful if you have
hidden items on a chart, or if you have displayed items that were previously
hidden.

You can add and remove entries from a legend.

How do I delete a legend entry?

Your chart already contains a legend:

St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations


Top Secret C onfidential Restricted

Male C ruiser O rganization C ar

A irport Port Female Telephone

C redit Surv eillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting A ttendee

C onv enor Telephone C all A ssociates

Trav eled O wner

140 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

This legend currently shows the selection sets that you have just hidden. It does
not contain entries for the Nationality and Date of Birth attribute classes that you
have chosen to show. Edit the legend to remove any reference to selection sets
and add entries for the two attributes. To do this:
1. Double-click on the legend to display the Edit Legend dialog:

2. The three selection set attributes are displayed at the top of the table. Click on
the first entry (Top Secret) and, while holding down the Shift key, click on the
last selection set entry (Restricted). All of the selection sets will be selected.
3. Click Delete to remove them from the legend.

Do not close the Edit Legend dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 141


Editing the Legend

How do I add an entry to the legend?

Add an entry for each of the Nationality and Date of Birth attributes that are now
displayed on your chart. To do this:
1. Click Attribute to display the Add Legend Attribute Entry dialog:

2. In the Description box, type Date of Birth.


3. In the Symbol drop-down list, select the first Attribute.
4. Press the B key to move to those Attributes beginning with b, and select
bluedot.
5. Click OK to close the Add Legend Attribute Entry dialog.
6. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to add an entry for the Nationality attribute. Press the
underscore key (_) and select _suspct2 from the Symbol drop-down list.
7. Click OK to close the Add Legend Attribute Entry dialog.
8. Click OK to close the Edit Legend dialog.

142 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

The legend now contains entries for the Nationality and Date of Birth attributes.
The entries for the selection sets have been removed:

St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations


Date of Birth Nationality

Male C ruiser O rganization C ar

A irport Port Female Telephone

C redit Surv eillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting A ttendee

C onv enor Telephone C all A ssociates

Trav eled O wner

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 143


Editing the Legend

Your chart should now look similar to that below (Example 5 finished.anb):
Monday 20th February 2006 Friday 24th February 2006 Saturday 25th February 2006 Saturday 25th February 2006 Saturday 25th February 2006 Sunday 26th February 2006 Monday 27th February 2006 Wednesday 1st March 2006
00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 17:40 21st 12:00 22nd 12:00 23rd 12:00 00:00 09:00 12:00 15:00 18:00 21:00 00:00 03:00 06:00 09:00 12:00 13:30 15:00 16:30 18:00 19:10 20:00 21:00 22:00 00:00 03:00 06:00 08:00 12:00 18:00 00:00 06:00 12:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 00:00 12:00 March 12:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00

MOONSHADOW
Moored in Port Port
Seen moored Vessel was
in the harbor. seen moored
Observed in a different
A15 location to its
STEELE seen on board the previous
vessel as it sailed into the Witness sighting.
harbor at Castries.
25 Feb 2006 19:02 27 Feb 2006 18:30
A15

Witness

24 Feb 2006 13:14

Sam STEELE
British
Seen in bar in St Lucia
17 Sep 1960
In 'Liquide X', a bar in the harbor.
Tricksters Bar Meeting in a hotel
He appeared to be on his own
Seen drinking together in a bar and was looking out at the boats Both met in a hotel bar. Agenda
in London. They seemed to be moored on the pontoons. unknown. At one point SHARP
having a heated discussion went to reception where he used
A15
about something. their phone to make a call.
A15 Officer A15

Officer 27 Feb 2006 13:25 Officer

20 Feb 2006 18:08 01 Mar 2006 17:37

Paul SHARP Telephone Call


British
Seen in harbor at St Lucia Return from reception to
17 Jun 1967
All three were seen walking in the SHARP flew from St
harbor. They seemed very nervous. Lucia on the 22:30 flight
Constantly checking around them as to Heathrow.
if to ensure they weren't being Record Manifest Flight paid by
followed. credit card
25 Feb 2006 22:30 Occupant of room
A15
Room 203 Charles FARMER
Witness

25 Feb 2006 11:52


Card no: 4587 - 9083

Departure Departure
Danny KENT
B ritish KENT flew to St Lucia. He KENT boarded a flight from St
01 M ay 2006 traveled alone, on an open Lucia. He traveled on the return
return ticket. portion of a cash paid, open
A15 return ticket.
A15
Record
Record
24 Feb 2006 08:30
26 Feb 2006 08:30
St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations
Traveled to airport in Date of Birth Nationality

Director of Owner of Male Cruiser O rganization C ar

Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER 456 FGT


Black Saab
Airport Port Female Telephone

C redit Surv eillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting A ttendee

C onv enor Telephone Call A ssociates

Trav eled O w ner

Save your chart, but do not close it.

144 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

Preparing to Print a Chart 5.8


We recommend that you follow the steps below when printing a chart:
• specify the printer you wish to print the chart to
Select a printer to print a chart to. When you select a printer you can also set
the properties for the printer.
• specify the page settings
The chart's printed appearance depends on the properties that you have set for
the printer and the way in which the page is set up. Page setup allows you to
set any of the following options when setting up a printer to print your chart to:

paper size, such as letter, A4 and so on

paper orientation: landscape or portrait

page margins

the number of pages the chart will be printed over (scaling)

center the chart on the page

items that span two separate pages are printed with an overlap

borders and background colors

print theme line names with a set width on every page

print the Time Bar on every page

print chart properties, including page numbers, in the headers and footers
There are a number of reasons why you should set up your pages before
printing a chart:

the page size varies between different printers

if you change your chosen printer you will have to setup pages again

if you receive a chart from someone else, you may have to setup the pages
again to print on your chosen printer
• view page boundaries
Page boundaries displays lines on your chart indicating the edges of each
page. This enables you to check where your page breaks are located before
printing your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 145


Preparing to Print a Chart

The page boundary is displayed on the chart as a gray rectangle. Chart items
within the rectangle will be printed, chart items that are not within the rectangle
will not be printed. If the page boundaries do not represent how you want to
print your chart you should change the page setup settings.

Note: When you use the Page Setup dialog to specify page settings, the page
boundary is temporarily displayed to help you adjust the scaling so that
all items are displayed within the page boundary.

In the example chart below, the page boundaries show how the chart will be
printed. The chart will be printed on two landscape pages; the split between
the two pages is shown on the chart as a broken line.

David YOUNG

Subscriber

174 579 5487

Telephone call CORNEY receives package Package handed to DUPLEASE Meeting ends
Meeting starts
Kent CORNEY is seen Kent CORNEY receives package. Kent CORNEY hands Kevin Kent CORNEY and Kevin
Meeting between Kent
making a call from a This package wqas delivered by DUPLEASE the package in DUPLEASE leave
CORNEY and Kevin DUPLEASE
payphone in the hotel. an unknown male on a exchange for an envelope, separately.
starts.
A15 motorcycle. believed to contain money. A15
A15
A15 A15
Officer SA 90738 Witness Waitress
Witness DFG 0989/1a
Witness GQF879072 Record HLK 9098/a1
01 Jan 2006 10:50 01 Jan 2006 12:15
01 Jan 2006 10:30
01 Jan 2006 11:45 01 Jan 2006 12:00

Associates

Kent CORNEY Kevin DUPLEASE


License plate: 474 TRL

• print the chart


The chart is printed on your chosen printer. If it is not printed exactly as you
want it, for example not all of the chart is printed, or it is printed on too many
pages, you will need to change the printer setup and page layout settings.

When printing a chart it is important that you follow the above steps in order. If, for
example, you receive a chart from another user who has used a printer that you do
not have access to, you will need to choose another printer. You will then need to
set the printer properties and the page setup so that it is printed in the required
style.

146 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

How do I choose a printer?

Before you can print your chart you must first choose a printer. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select Print. This displays the Print dialog.

2. In the Printer area, from the drop-down list, select the appropriate printer.
3. Click OK to close the Print dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 147


Preparing to Print a Chart

How do I setup pages for printing?

When you have chosen a printer you should set up the pages, for example so that
the chart is printed on the correct paper size, orientation, and number of pages.
You want to print this chart on two landscape pages, side-by-side. You will need to
specify the number of pages and then scale the content of your chart to fit the
paper. To do this:
1. From the File menu, select Page Setup to display the Page Setup dialog:

2. Make sure that Page is displayed.


3. In the Orientation area select Landscape.
4. To specify that you want the chart to be printed on two landscape pages, side
by side, in the Scaling area:
a. Set the value in the Page(s) Wide by box to be 2.
b. Set the value in the Page(s) Tall box to be 1.
c. Click Adjust and from the drop-down list, select Scale.
5. You also want to print the chart in the center of the page, so make sure that in
the Placement area the Center Chart on Paper check box is turned on.
Do not close the Page Setup dialog.

148 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

How do I set the size of the page margins?

When your chart is printed you want it to have a large margin at each side and top
and bottom of the paper. To do this:
1. Click the Margins tab to display the Margins page:

2. To create wide margins, enter the width of the margin required in each of the
boxes, or click on the up/down arrows on each box to increase or decrease the
margin. The graphic on his page will illustrate the change to the page layout.
a. In the Top box, set the margin to be 1.5 inches (3.75 centimeters)
b. In the Left box, set the margin to be 2 inches (5 centimeters)
c. In the Right box, set the margin to be 2 inches (5 centimeters)
d. In the Bottom box, set the margin to be 1.5 inches (3.75 centimeters)
Do not close the Page Setup dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 149


Preparing to Print a Chart

How do I print theme line names on each page?

When you print this chart, you want the theme line names to be printed at the edge
of each page with a set width, and the time bar to be printed at the top of each
page. The display of the Time Bar and Theme Line Names is set in the Annotation
page. To do this:
1. Click the Annotation tab to display the Annotation page:

2. Turn on the Time Bar check box. You want the time bar to be printed on each
page so turn on the Every Page check box.
3. You want the theme line names to be printed on each page; turn on the Theme
Line Names check box, then turn on the Every Page check box.
4. You want the theme line names to be printed with a set width of 1 inch (2.55
centimeters); in the Width box, set the width to be 1 inch (2.55 centimeters).

150 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

How do I print headers and footers?

When you print this chart, you want to print the page numbers in the bottom right
corner of every page, and print the title and classification custom property in the
chart header. To do this:
1. Click the Header and Footer tab to display the Header and Footer page.

2. Click on the drop-down arrow of the bottom center drop-down list and select
(none), to turn off the printing of page numbers in the center position of the
page footers.
3. Click on the drop-down arrow of the bottom right drop-down list and select
Page 1 of 2, to turn on the printing of page numbers in the right position of the
page footers.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 151


Preparing to Print a Chart

The central example area of the Header and Footer page shows the new
position where the page numbers will be printed.

4. Click on the drop-down arrow of the top left drop-down list and select Title to
print the chart title in the left position of the page headers.
5. Click on the drop-down arrow of the top right drop-down list and select
Classification to print the classification custom property in the right position of
the page headers. The completed Header and Footer page should look like
this:

152 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 5: Showing and Hiding Information

6. As you have adjusted the margins and added a header and footer, it is
necessary to scale the chart again. To do this, click the Page tab and, in the
Scaling area, select Scale from the Adjust drop-down list.
7. Click OK to close the Page Setup dialog.
The chart is now displayed showing page boundaries. The page boundaries
show how your chart will be printed and are displayed as gray rectangles on
your chart. In this example your chart will be printed on 2 pages (1 page tall by
2 pages wide)

MOONSHADOW
Moored in Port Port
Seen moored Vessel was
in the harbor. seen moored
Observed in a different
A15 location to its
STEELE seen on board the previous
vessel as it sailed into the Witness sighting.
harbor at Castries.
25 Feb 2006 19:02 27 Feb 2006 18:30
A15

Witness

24 Feb 2006 13:14

Sam STEELE
British
Seen in bar in St Lucia
17 S ep 1960
In 'Liquide X', a bar in the harbor.
Tricksters Bar Meeting in a hotel
He appeared to be on his own
Seen drinking together in a bar and was looking out at the boats Both met in a hotel bar. Agenda
in London. They seemed to be moored on the pontoons. unknown. At one point SHARP
having a heated discussion went to reception where he used
A15
about something. their phone to make a call.
A15 Officer A15

Officer 27 Feb 2006 13:25 Officer

20 Feb 2006 18:08 01 Mar 2006 17:37

Paul SHARP Telephone Call


B ritish
Seen in harbor at St Lucia Return from reception to
17 Jun 1967
All three were seen walking in the SHARP flew from St
harbor. They seemed very nervous. Lucia on the 22:30 flight
Constantly checking around them as to Heathrow.
if to ensure they weren't being Record Manifest Flight paid by
followed. credit card
25 Feb 2006 22:30 Occupant of room
A15
Room 203 Charles FARMER
Witness

25 Feb 2006 11:52


Card no: 4587 - 9083

Departure Departure
Danny KENT
British KENT flew to St Lucia. He KENT boarded a flight from St
01 M ay 2006 traveled alone, on an open Lucia. He traveled on the return
return ticket. portion of a cash paid, open
A15 return ticket.
A15
Record
Record
24 Feb 2006 08:30
26 Feb 2006 08:30
St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations
Traveled to airport in Date of Birth Nationality

Director of Owner of Male Cruiser O rganization C ar

Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER 456 FGT


Black Saab
A irport Port Female Telephone

C redit Surveillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting Attendee

C onvenor Telephone C all A ssociates

Traveled O wner

How do I turn off the display of page boundaries?


You can turn off the display of page boundaries on your chart at any time.
To do this, click the Page Boundaries toolbar button. Your chart will be displayed
without page boundaries.

How do I print a chart?

When you have set up your chart for printing you can print it. It will be printed on
the printer that you selected in the Printer Setup dialog according to the settings in
the Page Setup dialog. It will be printed on the number of pages that it was
adjusted to when you applied the Print layout. To print this chart, click the Print
toolbar button.
When you have printed your chart, click the Save toolbar button, and close your
chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 153


Summary

Summary 5.9
In this example you will have learned how to:
• use selection sets
• show and hide information
• change the size of an icon
• change the shading color of an icon
• edit the chart legend
• prepare a chart for printing
• print a chart

154 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


6
Using Background Items

This example explains how you can add an item as a background item. It also
demonstrates how you can create snapshots and use them when presenting
charts.

Contents
Introduction 156
Using a Background Item as a Watermark 157
Using Background Items 160
Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation 164
Summary 173

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 155


Introduction

Introduction 6.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• adding a background item as a watermark
• adding toolbar buttons to a new toolbar
• adding a background item, but not as a watermark
• creating snapshots
• presenting snapshots

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished charts (Example 6 finished 1.anb and Example 6
finished 2.anb) at any time while you are working through this example. To
access the folder in which these charts are stored, double-click on the User Guide
Example Material shortcut in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s
Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the User Guide - Customizing and
Analyzing folder.

Scenario
A chart exists showing the happenings that took place when FARMER made a call
to his supplier during the first meeting with the undercover officer. This chart is only
a draft and you want to show this using a watermark.

A second chart exists showing a series of happenings relating to the cruiser


MOONSHADOW and the three suspects, STEELE, SHARP and KENT.

You have received further information that MOONSHADOW has been sighted on
three separate occasions between 25 February and 27 February 2006 in and
around the bays in St Lucia.

You are going to present the sightings of MOONSHADOW around St Lucia as a


slide show using Analyst’s Notebook presentation tools.

156 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

Using a Background Item as a Watermark 6.2


In Analyst’s Notebook, you can choose to display an item as a background item.
Any chart item can be made into a background item, including all entity
representations and link types.

For further information on background items, refer to Using Background Items on


page 160.

How do I add a background item as a watermark?

A chart already exists showing the happenings that took place when FARMER
called his supplier from a payphone in the station lobby. You want to present this
chart with a watermark in the chart background to show that it is a draft chart. To
do this:
1. Open the chart Example 6 initial 1.anb. To access the folder in which
this chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut
in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Call made by FARMER

456 FGT 02703 871 117


Black Saab 900 Station Lobby
Caledonian Road

Owner
1

Arcacia Investments
Target in Operation Crest.
A joint police and customs
investigation Associates Subscriber
into drug importation, money
laundering and Mr STEELE Marc BAKER 07786 162 534
forgery. English English
Registered Owner
Called
Called RP4
Diverts to RP3
Address Mailing Address Called RZ/6
Called RP2
RP1

Subscriber
5 Silver Street MOONSHADOW Box 518 07787 563 412 No subscriber
Crownsville White
UK
Finchley Road details available
U K Registered Crownsville
UK

Believed to crew
on vessel

Stuart WRIGHT
English

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 157


Using a Background Item as a Watermark

2. Save this file; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder that you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 6 backgrounds.anb in the File Name
box and click Save.
3. Click the drop-down arrow on the Insert OLE Object toolbar button, and select
Documents ➧ Picture to select the Picture type. The Insert Object dialog is
displayed:

4. Select Create from File and then click Browse to locate the file that you will
use as the background of your chart (Example 6 draft.bmp). To access the
folder in which this file is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example
Material shortcut in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7
folder, and double-click on the User Guide - Customizing and
Analyzing folder.
5. Click Open to return to the Insert Object dialog, then click OK to add the picture
to the chart.
6. The picture is placed on top of your chart, obscuring the other chart items.
Move it to place it roughly in the center of the chart.
7. Turn off the Label display; right-click on the picture, and from the shortcut
menu, select Display ➧ Label.
8. To place this object in the background of the chart, select it and from the View
menu, select Make Background.

Note: Watermarks, or other background items that will lie under other chart
items, are best made using pale colors so that they do not distract from
the foreground items.

158 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

Your chart should now look similar to that below (Example 6 finished 1.anb):

Call made by FARMER

456 FGT 02703 871 117


Black Saab 900 Station Lobby
Caledonian Road

Owner
1

Arcacia Investments
Target in Operation Crest.
A joint police and customs
investigation Associates Subscriber
into drug importation, money
laundering and Mr STEELE Marc BAKER 07786 162 534
forgery. English English
Registered Owner
Called
Called RP4
Diverts to RP3
Address Mailing Address Called RZ/6
Called RP2
RP1

Subscriber
5 Silver Street MOONSHADOW Box 518 07787 563 412 No subscriber
Crownsville White
UK
Finchley Road details available
U K Registered Crownsville
UK

Believed to crew
on vessel

Stuart WRIGHT
English

Save and close this chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 159


Using Background Items

Using Background Items 6.3


A background item is an item that is placed, as its name suggests, in the chart
background. Background items are useful when creating charts for presentation
purposes.

Typical background items are:


• floorplan
• map
• watermark
• scene of crime diagram
• organizational crest or logo

When an item is placed in the chart background you can add items to the chart and
place them on top of it. This is particularly useful if you are presenting evidence
that depicts the location of a suspect or a commodity.

In the example chart below, all of the happenings surrounding the discovery of a
body at Discount Warehouse are shown. A floorplan of the warehouse is used as a
background item, to represent the scene of the crime, and the happenings are
placed on or around it:

Shot heard Police receive call Officer arrives at Body discovered Forensics arrive at Evidence discovered Forensics leave
Murder Investigation
scene of crime scene of crime scene of crime
DISCOUNT

11 Jul 2006 11 Jul 2006 03:00 11 Jul 2006 03:35 Between 04:30 and
02:58 11 Jul 2006 03:30 11 Jul 2006 04:30 06:30 11 Jul 2006 06:30

Observed leaving Body found in plant


Discount Warehouse (appears to have been shot) Evidence Discovered
11 Jul 2006 02:59

Unknown Male
Forensic Evidence

Fingerprints Cannabis Handgun Forensic Evidence


sent to laboratory
Medical Laboratory

Body removed for autopsy Concierge MD's Office


Mortuary
Body

Plant Plant Manager PA's Office


Discount Warehouse

A background item cannot be selected, moved, edited or deleted like a normal


chart item, but it can be made into a foreground item which will allow you to
perform these actions.

160 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

How do I add an OLE object as a background item?

A chart exists that contains three sightings of MOONSHADOW in and around


Castries bay between 25 February 2006 and 27 February 2006. You want to
present this chart using a map of St Lucia to show the location of MOONSHADOW
for each of the sightings. Add a map of St Lucia as a background item. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 6 initial 2.anb:
Moored in Port Sighted at Sea In Port
MOONSHADOW
Seen moored Vessel was sighted at sea Vessel was
in Castries around 10 miles off Castries. seen moored
harbor. Details as to when it sailed are in a different
A15 not known. location to its
Observed previous
A15
STEELE seen on board the Witness sighting.
vessel as it sailed into the 26 Feb 2006 12:23 27 Feb 2006 18:30
harbor at Castries. 25 Feb 2006 19:02
A15

Witness

24 Feb 2006 13:14

Seen in bar in St Lucia


Sam STEELE
British In 'Liquide X', a bar in the harbor.
17 S ep 1960 He appeared to be on his own
Tricksters Bar and was looking out at the boats
moored on the pontoons.
Seen drinking together in a bar
A15 Meeting in a hotel
in London. They seemed to be
having a heated discussion Both met in a hotel bar. Agenda
Officer
about something. unknown. At one point SHARP
27 Feb 2006 13:25 went to reception where he used
A15
their phone to make a call.
Officer A15
20 Feb 2006 18:08 Officer

01 Mar 2006 17:37

Return
Paul SHARP
British SHARP flew from St Telephone Call
Seen in harbor at St Lucia
17 Jun 1967 Lucia on the 22:30 flight from reception to
All three were seen walking in the to Heathrow.
harbor. They seemed very nervous.
Record Manifest
Constantly checking around them as
if to ensure they weren't being 25 Feb 2006 22:30 Flight paid by
followed. credit card
Occupant of room
A15
Room 203 Charles FARMER
Witness

25 Feb 2006 11:52


Card no: 4587 - 9083

Departure Departure
Danny KENT
British KENT flew to St Lucia. He KENT boarded a flight from St
01 M ay 2006 traveled alone, on an open Lucia. He traveled on the return
return ticket. portion of a cash paid, open
A15 return ticket.
A15
Record
Record
24 Feb 2006 08:30
26 Feb 2006 08:30
St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations
Traveled to airport in Date of Birth Nationality

Director of Owner of Male C ruiser O rganization Car

Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER 456 FGT


Black Saab
Airport Port F emale Telephone

C redit Surv eillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting A ttendee

Convenor Telephone C all Associates

Trav eled O wner

2. Save this chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder that you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 6 snapshots.anb in the File Name box
and click Save.
3. Click the drop-down arrow on the Insert OLE Object toolbar button, and select
Documents ➧ Picture to select the Picture type.
4. In the Insert Object dialog, select Create from File, and then click Browse to
locate the map of St Lucia, Example 6 Castries.bmp.
To access the folder in which this file is stored, double-click on the User Guide
Example Material shortcut in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s
Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the User Guide - Customizing
and Analyzing folder.
5. Click OK to close the Insert Object dialog.
6. The map of St Lucia is placed on your chart. Move the map so that it is placed
above the MOONSHADOW theme line, above the Moored in Port, Sighted at
Sea, and Port event frames.
7. Turn off the Label display; right-click on the picture, and from the shortcut
menu, select Display ➧ Label.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 161


Using Background Items

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Moored in Port Sighted at Sea In Port


MOONSHADOW
Seen moored Vessel was sighted at sea Vessel was
in Castries around 10 miles off Castries. seen moored
harbor. Details as to when it sailed are in a different
not known. location to its
Observed A15
A15 previous
STEELE seen on board the Witness sighting.
vessel as it sailed into the 26 Feb 2006 12:23 27 Feb 2006 18:30
harbor at Castries. 25 Feb 2006 19:02
Sandra CASTE
A15

Witness
Associates 24 Feb 2006 13:14

Seen in bar in St Lucia


Sam STEELE
British In 'Liquide X', a bar in the harbor.
17 Sep 1960 He appeared to be on his own
Tricksters Bar and was looking out at the boats
moored on the pontoons.
Seen drinking together in a bar
A15 Meeting in a hotel
in London. They seemed to be
having a heated discussion Both met in a hotel bar. Agenda
Officer
about something. unknown. At one point SHARP
27 Feb 2006 13:25 went to reception where he used
A15
their phone to make a call.
Officer A15
20 Feb 2006 18:08 Officer

01 Mar 2006 17:37

Return
Paul SHARP
British SHARP flew from St Telephone Call
Seen in harbor at St Lucia
17 Jun 1967 Lucia on the 22:30 flight from reception to
All three were seen walking in the to Heathrow.
harbor. They seemed very nervous.
Record Manifest
Constantly checking around them as
if to ensure they weren't being 25 Feb 2006 22:30 Flight paid by
followed. credit card
Occupant of room
A15
Room 203 Charles FARMER
Witness

25 Feb 2006 11:52


Card no: 4587 - 9083

Departure Departure
Danny KENT
British KENT flew to St Lucia. He KENT boarded a flight from St
01 M ay 2006 traveled alone, on an open Lucia. He traveled on the return
return ticket. portion of a cash paid, open
A15 return ticket.
A15
Record
Record
24 Feb 2006 08:30
26 Feb 2006 08:30
St Lucia Drug Smuggling - Associations
Traveled to airport in Date of Birth Nationality

Director of Owner of Male C ruiser O rganization C ar

Arcacia Investments Marc BAKER 456 FGT


Black Saab
A irport Port Female Telephone
Associates

C redit Surv eillance Bar Meeting

General Sighting A ttendee


Jolene JOHNSON
C onv enor Telephone C all A ssociates

Trav eled Owner

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

How do I make an item a background item?

The map of St Lucia is placed in the chart foreground. If you click on it you will be
able to move it or edit its properties. You want this map to be at a constant place on
the chart so that you can add information concerning the sightings of
MOONSHADOW to it. Make it a background item. To do this, select the map, and
from the View menu, select Make Background.

The map becomes a background item and you will no longer be able to move or
edit it.

How do I add an item on top of a background item?

MOONSHADOW was first observed in the bay at Castries in the evening of


25 February 2006. Add an icon to show this on the map. To do this:
1. Click the Zoom to Area toolbar button, then click on the map of St Lucia so that
you can clearly see it.

162 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

2. Click the drop-down arrow on the Insert Icon toolbar button, and select
Transport ➧ Cruiser to select the Cruiser type from the Transport palette.
3. Place this icon in the mouth of Castries Bay and add the following information
to it:

Label MOONSHADOW

Date & Time 25 Feb 2006 19:02

Note: You will need to turn on the Label is Different From Identity check box
before you can add the label.

4. Change the default style of icons so that the date and time and description are
displayed along with the label. How to do this is described in Analyst’s
Notebook 7 User Guide: Creating Charts.

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

MOONSHADOW
25 Feb 2006 19:02

Moored in Port Sighted at Sea In Port


Seen moored Vessel was sighted at sea Vessel was
in Castries around 10 miles off Castries. seen moored
harbor. Details as to when it sailed are in a different
A15 not known. location to its
A15 previous
Witness sighting.
26 Feb 2006 12:23 27 Feb 2006 18:30
25 Feb 2006 19:02

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 163


Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation

Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation 6.4


A snapshot is a view of a chart, preserving the position of chart items and the
display scale. You can capture several snapshots to build a series. Snapshots are
useful if you are presenting a series of happenings, for example to demonstrate the
locations of persons or commodities over a period of time.

The example below shows the location of Kevin DUPLEASE, a known drugs
dealer, at various times during a surveillance operation. He was first seen on 23
February 2006 at 19:00 in a bar in New York, where he handed a package to an
unknown male in return for cash. Subsequent sightings saw him in Washington,
where, once again, he exchanged a package in return for money, and in Miami
where he handed money to a known drugs importer, Kent CORNEY, in exchange
for a package. You could use a series of snapshots to present this information.
Snapshot 1 Sighting of Kevin DUPLEASE and an unknown male in New York on 23 February
2006.

Package

Money
New York
Unknown male
Kevin DUPLEASE
Seen in bar in NewWashington
York. Handed
a package to an unknown male
who in return gave him money.
23 Feb 2006 19:00

Miami

164 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

Snapshot 2 Sighting of Kevin DUPLEASE and an unknown male in Washington on


24 February 2006.

New York
Package

Money
Washington
Unknown male
Kevin DUPLEASE
Seen in bar in Washington.
Handed another unknown male
package in return for money.
24 Feb 2006 20:30

Miami

Snapshot 3 Sighting of Kevin DUPLEASE and Kent CORNEY in Miami on 26 February 2006.

New York

Washington

Package

Money
Miami
Kent CORNEY
Kevin DUPLEASE
Meeting in Miami. Handed cash
to Kent CORNEY in exchange for
a parcel, believed to contain
drugs.
26 Feb 2006 18:25

You can create as many snapshots as you wish.

When you save your chart all of the snapshots are saved with it. The next time you
open it, you will be able to restore the snapshots.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 165


Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation

How do I add buttons to a toolbar?

When you present this chart it will be presented so that it is visible in the entire
window. This means that the application toolbar will not be visible and you will not
be able to see the snapshots toolbar buttons. Create a new toolbar containing just
the buttons that relate to snapshots and that will remain visible when you view the
chart in the entire window. To do this:
1. From the Tools menu, select Options, then select Toolbars\Edit to display the
Toolbar Edit page of the Options dialog:

2. In the Categories list, select View to display all of the toolbar buttons that are
contained in the View toolbar.

166 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

3. Click on a button. A description of the button is displayed in the Description


area.

4. Drag the Snapshots toolbar button from the Options dialog to the chart area. A
new toolbar is created.

5. Drag the Previous Snapshot and Next Snapshot toolbar buttons onto the
new toolbar.
6. Click OK to close the Options dialog.

You will now have a toolbar that contains the three buttons that are used for
snapshots. This toolbar is floating and not docked.

How do I take a snapshot of a chart?

During the investigation, MOONSHADOW was seen at several points around St


Lucia. The first sighting was on 25 February 2006 at 19:02, which you added to
your chart in the previous part of this example. Take a snapshot of this chart.
Before you take the snapshot move the event frame Moored in Port so that it is in a
more prominent position on the chart. To do this:
1. Drag the Moored in Port event frame up so that it is positioned in line with
MOONSHADOW on the chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 167


Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation

2. On your new toolbar, click the Snapshots button. The Snapshots dialog is
displayed:

3. Click Capture.
4. The chart is saved as a snapshot, which appears at the top of the list.

168 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

5. Double-click in the Name column and type MOONSHADOW sighting 25 Feb


2006, 19:02, to make the name of this snapshot more meaningful.
6. Click OK to close the Snapshots dialog.
7. Move the event frame Moored in Port back to its original position on the chart.
8. Hide MOONSHADOW. How to do this is described in How do I hide items on a
chart? on page 128.

Creating further snapshots

MOONSHADOW was sighted for a second time, in the early afternoon of


26 February 2006, ten miles off the coast of Castries. Add a Cruiser icon to the
chart to show this information and move the Sighted at Sea event frame so that it is
in a more prominent position on the chart. To do this:
1. Click the drop-down arrow on the Insert Icon toolbar button, and from the list of
most recently used icons, select the Cruiser icon.
2. Place this icon so that it is positioned about ten miles off the coast of Castries
bay, and add the following information to it:

Label MOONSHADOW

Date & Time 26 Feb 2006 12:23

Description Sighted ten miles off the coast of Castries.

3. Drag the Sighted at Sea event frame up so that it lines up with


MOONSHADOW.
4. Click the Snapshots toolbar button to display the Snapshots dialog and click
Capture to capture the chart.
5. A second snapshot is created. Edit the name of this snapshot to be
MOONSHADOW sighting 26 Feb 2006, 12:23.
6. Click OK to close the Snapshots dialog.
7. Hide MOONSHADOW once again and move the Sighted at Sea event frame
back to its original position.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 169


Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation

8. MOONSHADOW was seen for a third time on the 27 February 2006, in the bay
at Castries. Add another Cruiser icon to the chart and add the following
information to it:

Label MOONSHADOW

Date & Time 27 Feb 2006 18:30

Description The vessel was seen in the bay at Castries in the


early evening.

9. Move the event frame In Port up so that it is in line with MOONSHADOW.


10. Take a third snapshot, edit its name to be MOONSHADOW sighting 27 Feb
2006, 18:30.
11. Hide MOONSHADOW and move the In Port event frame so that it is placed at
it original position on the chart.
12. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

170 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

How do I view snapshots?

You now have three snapshots showing the three different sightings of
MOONSHADOW. When you present this chart you will show each snapshot in
turn, one after the other. To do this:
1. Click the Snapshots toolbar button. This will display the Snapshots dialog. The
three snapshots that you have just taken are listed in the dialog. Select
MOONSHADOW sighting 25 Feb 2006, 19:02 and click Restore. This will
display the first sighting of MOONSHADOW on 25 February 2006.

Moored in Port
Seen moored
in Castries MOONSHADOW
harbor. 25 Feb 2006 19:02
A15

Witness

25 Feb 2006 19:02

Sighted at Sea In Port


W
Vessel was sighted at sea Vessel was
around 10 miles off Castries. seen moored
Details as to when it sailed are in a different
not known. location to its
A15 previous
sighting.
26 Feb 2006 12:23 27 Feb 2006 18:30

2. Click OK to close the Snapshots dialog.


3. Press the F8 key. The chart is displayed in the full screen. The toolbar
containing all of the Snapshot toolbar buttons is also visible.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 171


Using Snapshots to Build Up a Presentation

4. Click the Next Snapshot toolbar button. The second sighting of


MOONSHADOW on 26 February is displayed.

MOONSHADOW
Sighted ten miles off
the coast of Castries.
26 Feb 2006 12:23

Sighted at Sea
Vessel was sighted at sea
around 10 miles off Castries.
Details as to when it sailed are
not known.
A15

26 Feb 2006 12:23

Moored in Port In Port


Seen moored Vessel was
in Castries seen moored
harbor. in a different
A15 location to its
previous
Witness sighting.
27 Feb 2006 18:30
25 Feb 2006 19:02

5. Click the Next Snapshot toolbar button again. The third sighting of
MOONSHADOW on 27 February 2006 is displayed.

In Port
Vessel was
MOONSHADOW seen moored
The vessel was seen in in a different
the bay at Castries in location to its
the early evening. previous
27 Feb 2006 18:30 sighting.
27 Feb 2006 18:30

Moored in Port Sighted at Sea


W
Seen moored Vessel was sighted at sea
in Castries around 10 miles off Castries.
harbor. Details as to when it sailed are
A15 not known.
A15
Witness
26 Feb 2006 12:23
25 Feb 2006 19:02

6. Press the F8 key again to display the chart in the chart window again, then
save and close your chart.

172 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 6: Using Background Items

Summary 6.5
In this example you will have learned how to:
• add a background item as a watermark
• add toolbar buttons to a new toolbar
• create snapshots
• present snapshots

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 173


Summary

174 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


7
Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

This example explains how you can analyze the contents of your chart using List
Items.

Contents
Introduction 176
About List Items 178
Sorting Within a Table 193
Analysis Attributes 198
Copying Information from the List Items Dialog 202
Sorting Theme Lines Within a Chart 204
Summary 207

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 175


Introduction

Introduction 7.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• analyzing your chart using List Items
• using analysis attributes to analyze your chart
• customizing the columns that are displayed in the List Items dialog
• copying information from the List Items dialog into another Windows application
• performing a Theme Line layout

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 7 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

176 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

Scenario
A chart containing a series of transactions between several accounts already
exists. The transactions are check and credit card transactions between High
Interest, Savings and Business accounts.

You must now analyze this chart to see if any further information can be gleaned
from it. You will also need to lay out your chart so that the theme lines are displayed
in date order.

Consider the following strategy to help you glean further information from the chart:
• First of all, use List Items to see how you can select chart items on a chart.
• Add and remove columns from the List Items dialog. This will allow you to see
information about the accounts that may be more appropriate to your
investigation.
• Use analysis attributes in the List Items dialog to find out further information
about the busiest accounts on the chart. You are particularly interested in any
transactions that took place between accounts on a Friday, as you think this
may be pertinent to your investigation. Find all of these transactions and copy
them into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Use the spreadsheet to find the total
amount of all of these transactions.
• Finally, lay out your chart so that the accounts on the chart are displayed with
the busiest accounts at the top of the chart and the less busy accounts at the
bottom of the chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 177


About List Items

About List Items 7.2


List Items enables you to view lists, in tabular form, of all of the entities and links on
your chart. You can perform analysis on these lists by sorting, and adding to the
columns in the lists. You can also remove columns that are of no interest.

List Items lists all of the entities and links on a chart. If an item is selected in List
Items it is selected on the chart:

Liz GREEN Dave LOCKE David YOUNG

David GREEN 1058-4576 0012-3963 2359-6357 Judith LOCKE

1642-4551 Anne JONES

3217-1997 0023-1455 Tasha TAYLOR 5341-4723 Danny KENT

4546-4646 Marc BAKER 4550-0021 Susan KENT

178 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

Similarly, if an item is selected on the chart it is selected in List Items:

Liz GREEN Dave LOCKE David YOUNG

David GREEN 1058-4576 0012-3963 2359-6357 Judith LOCKE

1642-4551 Anne JONES

3217-1997 0023-1455 Tasha TAYLOR 5341-4723 Danny KENT

4546-4646 Marc BAKER 4550-0021 Susan KENT

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 179


About List Items

How do I use List Items?

A chart already exists containing information relating to different bank accounts


and the transactions between them. Open the List Items dialog and use it to find
items on the chart. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 7 Account transactions.anb. To access the
folder in which this chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example
Material shortcut in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7
folder, and double-click on the User Guide - Customizing and
Analyzing folder.
6729-3452
21 Aug 1998
Compton

0034-3498
01 Jan 1997
Stapleton

8831-5529
10 Mar 1997
Crownsv ille

200
5610-0962
03 Dec 1996
Stapleton

1217-2366
13 Mar 1997
Mallory
1280

1000
3785-5515
25 Mar 1994
Crownsv ille
460 300

4916-5428
21 May 1998
Stapleton
90

48000 1630 540


8430-2253
01 Mar 1996
Compton

1079-7367
09 Oct 1995
Crownsv ille
500 590

4935-1288
04 May 1989
Mallory
50000 500

7855-5515
01 Mar 1996
Stapleton
4000

4553-1839
03 Mar 1979
Stapleton
45000

0457-1344
15 Jun 1998
Compton

170
5594-8715
10 Mar 1997
Mallory

2384-8847
10 Sep 1998
Stapleton

4989-7999
14 Sep 1998
Crownsv ille

40000
4945-1221
03 Dec 1996
Mallory

4546-4646
03 Dec 1996
Crownsv ille
540

15000
3995-6194
10 Mar 1997
Mallory
17500

8553-3667
04 Jul 1996
Stapleton

12600
3217-1997
19 Dec 1996
Compton

13500
2359-6356
17 May 1998
Compton
12000

9706-3911
02 Apr 1998
Crownsv ille

180 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

2. Save this chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 7 List Items.anb in the File Name
box and click Save.

3. From the Analysis menu, select List Items. Click the Entities tab to display
the Entities page, if it is not already displayed:

All of the entities on your chart are listed in the Entities page of the List Items
dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 181


About List Items

How do I reset the columns displayed in the List Items dialog?

When you open the List Items dialog, the selection and order of columns displayed
is remembered from the last time you closed the dialog. You want to make sure
that the default selection of columns is displayed in the correct order. To do this:
1. Click Columns to display the Columns dialog, and click the General tab to
display the General page:

2. Click Reset.
3. Reset the columns on the Attributes and Analysis Attributes pages using the
same method.

182 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

4. Click OK to close the Columns dialog.

5. The List Items dialog is displayed with the default selection of columns
displayed in the correct order.

6. You also need to reset the columns on the Links page of the List Items dialog.
To do this, Click the Links tab to display the Links page and repeat steps 1 to 4.
7. Click the Entities tab to display the entities page.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 183


About List Items

How do I resize the List Items dialog?

The List Items dialog contains several columns, some of which you may not be
able to see. Resize this dialog so that you can see as many columns as possible.
To do this:
1. Move your pointer over the bottom right corner of the dialog. The mouse pointer
changes to indicate that the dialog can be resized:

2. Hold down the left mouse button and drag down and to the right until you can
see most of the columns in the table.
3. Release the left mouse button.

4. Select the following accounts:



2359-6356

3217-1997

8553-3667

9706-3911

Note: Select the first account and then Ctrl and click to select the remaining
three accounts.

5. Click OK to close the List Items dialog.

184 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

6. Click the Fit Selection in Window toolbar button. The accounts you selected in
the List Items dialog are selected on your chart.

8553-3667
04 Jul 1996
Stapleton

3217-1997
19 Dec 1996
Compton

2359-6356
17 May 1998
Compton

9706-3911
02 Apr 1998
Crownsv ille

7. Click on the chart background to deselect all of these accounts.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 185


About List Items

8. From the Analysis menu, select List Items to display the List Items dialog
again. Notice that the accounts you deselected on the chart are no longer
selected in the dialog.

186 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

How do I sort entities in the List Items dialog?

In the List Items dialog you can sort the contents of columns in ascending or
descending order, for example by amount, date, name, or representation. Sort the
entities by their account type.

To do this, click the Type column heading. All of the entities are sorted in
alphabetical order of type. The three account types - Business Account, High
Interest Account, and Savings Account - are grouped by type.

Note: The semantic type that has been assigned to all entities is Bank
Account.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

How do I remove columns from the List Items dialog?

In the List Items dialog you can choose which columns to display or not to display.
For example, a column may contain information that you are not interested in. All of
the accounts on this chart have a theme line representation; you are not interested
in this information. Remove the Representation column from the List Items dialog.
To do this:
1. Click Clear All to deselect any entities that may be selected.
2. Click the Representation column heading and press the Delete key.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 187


About List Items

The Representation column is removed from the List Items dialog.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

How do I add columns to the List Items dialog?

You can also add columns to the List Items dialog to view additional information.
Add columns to the dialog to show grading information. To do this:
1. Click Columns to display the Columns dialog, and click the General tab to
display the General page, if it is not already displayed:

188 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

2. Turn on the following check boxes:



Grade 1

Grade 2

Grade 3
3. Click OK to close the Columns dialog.

The List Items dialog is displayed with columns for Grade 1, Grade 2, and Grade 3.
Scroll to the right of the dialog to see these columns.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 189


About List Items

How do I add columns containing attribute information?

You can also add columns to the List Items dialog to view information about the
attributes attached to chart items on the chart. The chart contains attributes that tell
you where accounts are held and when they were opened. Add columns to the
dialog to show attribute information. To do this:
1. Click Columns to display the Columns dialog, and click the Attributes tab to
display the Attributes page:

2. Turn on the Account held at and Date Opened check boxes and click OK to
return to the List Items dialog.

190 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

The List Items dialog is displayed with columns for Account held at and Date
Opened. Scroll to the right of the dialog to see these columns.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

Removing further columns

There is no information displayed in the Date & Time, Date and Time columns.
Remove these columns from the List Items dialog. To do this:
1. Click Columns to display the Columns dialog, and click the General tab to
display the General page:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 191


About List Items

2. Turn off the Date & Time, Date and Time check boxes and click OK to return to
the List Items dialog.

The Date & Time, Date and Time columns are no longer displayed in the List
Items dialog.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

192 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

Sorting Within a Table 7.3


You can change the position in which columns are displayed in the List Items
dialog. It may be more important to see columns, for example for the type, or label
of an item at the beginning of the dialog.

How do I sort within a table in the List Items dialog?

It can be useful to sort the contents of columns in the List Items dialog to glean
further information from the chart. Find the highest value of any one transaction by
sorting links in the table by transaction value. To do this:
1. Click the Links tab to display the Links page.
2. Scroll to the right of the dialog and click the Label Value column heading to
sort the transactions in ascending order. This displays the transactions from
the lowest to the highest amount.

Note: The table has been sorted in ascending order if the small arrow in the
column header is pointing upwards .

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 193


Sorting Within a Table

3. Click the Label Value column heading once more to sort the transactions in
descending order. This displays the transactions from the highest to the lowest
amount.

Note: A column has been sorted in descending order if the small arrow in the
column heading is pointing downwards .

4. Select the highest transaction amount (50000) which is displayed at the top of
the table, and click OK to close the List Items dialog.

194 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

5. Click the Fit Selection in Window toolbar button. The transaction that you
selected in the List Items dialog is selected on the chart.

4916-5428
21 May 1998
Stapleton

48000
8430-2253
01 Mar 1996
Compton

1079-7367
09 Oct 1995
Crownsv ille
500

4935-1288
04 May 1989
Mallory
50000

7855-5515
01 Mar 1996
Stapleton
4000

4553-1839
03 Mar 1979
Stapleton

0457-1344
15 Jun 1998
Compton

5594-8715
10 Mar 1997
Mallory

2384-8847
10 Sep 1998
Stapleton

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 195


Sorting Within a Table

How do I reposition columns in the List Items dialog?

Rearrange the columns in the Links page of the List Items dialog so that the Date
and Type columns are displayed as the first two columns. To do this:
1. Press the F11 key to open the List Items dialog.
2. Click the Links tab to display the Links page if it is not already displayed.
3. Click Clear All to deselect currently selected items.
4. Click on the Type column heading. While holding down the left mouse button,
drag the column heading to the left until it is positioned as the first column in the
List Items dialog.
As you start to drag the column, the column heading changes to show that you
are moving the Type column.

Drag this column so that it is positioned at the left of the dialog. As you move
the Type column to the left of the Label column, the split between the two
columns becomes blue to indicate that the column will be placed here.
5. Release the left mouse button.
The Type column is placed at the left of the dialog.
6. Resize the Type column so that all of the information is displayed within its
width. To do this, double-click on the vertical split between the Type and the
Label column headings. The mouse pointer changes as you double-click on
the split and the column is resized so that all of the text fits within it.

196 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

7. Repeat steps 4 to 6 and move the Date column so that it becomes the second
column in the List Items dialog.

8. Click the Date column heading to sort the links in order of date; then, while
holding down the Ctrl key, click the Type column heading to secondarily sort
the links in order of type.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 197


Analysis Attributes

Analysis Attributes 7.4


Analysis attributes are a category of attribute. They are never displayed on your
chart and are only used for searching and other analysis. They are useful if you are
searching a chart to find (for example) the day of the week that a happening
occurred, or the number of links between accounts or individuals.

How do I add columns for analysis attributes in List Items dialog?

You are interested in any activity between accounts on your chart. To find this
information you will use analysis attributes to find out the most active account and
the total sum of money that has flowed to and from it. The most appropriate
analysis attributes for this type of analysis are: Entity Links, Entity Links To, Entity
Links From, and Entity Sum Links. Display columns for each of these in the List
Items dialog. To do this:
1. Click the Entities tab to return to the Entities page of the List Items dialog.
2. Click Columns to open the Columns dialog, and click the Analysis Attributes
tab to display the Analysis Attributes page:

3. Turn on the following check boxes:



Entity Links

Entity Links From

Entity Links To

Entity Sum Links
4. Click OK to return to the List Items dialog.

198 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

The List Items dialog is displayed with columns for each of the above analysis
attributes. You will have to scroll to the right of the dialog to see these columns.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

How do I find information using analysis attributes in List Items?

When you have added columns for analysis attributes to the List Items dialog, sort
each of them to perform further analysis on the accounts on your chart. You are
interested in which account on the chart is the busiest, the sum total of all
transactions of that account and the number of transactions flowing in and out of
different accounts. To do this:
1. Find out which account has the most transactions (connections) flowing to and
from it. Click the Entity Links column heading to sort the entities in ascending
order of number of connections. The account with the greatest number of
connections will be at the bottom of the list. Business Account 4916-5428 has
five connections. This is the busiest account on the chart as it has the most
connections.
2. Find all of the accounts with more than one transaction (connection) from them.
Click the Entity Links From column heading. There are four accounts with
more than one connection from them to other accounts. Business Account
4935-1288 and High Interest Account 4546-4646 have two connections from
them each, Savings Account 1079-7367 has three connections from it, and
Business Account 4916-5428 has four connections from it.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 199


Analysis Attributes

3. Find the account with the largest number of transactions (connections) flowing
to it. Click the Entity Links To column heading. Business Account 3785-5515
has three connections to it from other accounts on the chart.
4. Click the Entity Sum Links column heading to find out which of the accounts
has had the most money flowing in and out of it. A total of 98790 has flowed to
and from Business Account 4916-5428.
5. Select this account and click OK to close the List Items dialog.
6. Click the Fit Selection in Window toolbar button. The Business Account
4916-5428 is selected:

4916-5428
21 May 1998
Stapleton

Further uses of analysis attributes

You are interested in the day of the week on which the transactions occurred. You
believe that Wednesday is the day on which the largest volume of transactions take
place. In this example, the day of the week name on which a transaction occurred
is part of the date and time on the link itself. To view the day of the week name you
will have to display the Links page of the List Items dialog. To do this:
1. Press the F11 key to open the List Items dialog, and click the Links tab to
display the Links page.

200 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

2. Click Columns to display the Columns dialog, and click the Analysis
Attributes tab to display the Analysis Attributes page:

3. Turn on the Day of Week Name check box and click OK to return to the List
Items dialog.
All of the transactions are displayed with the day of the week name on which
they occurred. You will have to scroll to the right of the dialog to see these
columns:

4. You are interested in all of the transactions that took place on a Wednesday.
Click the Day of Week Name column heading to sort the transactions in
alphabetical order of the day of week name. There are six transactions
occurring on a Wednesday.

Do not close the List Items dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 201


Copying Information from the List Items Dialog

Copying Information from the List Items Dialog 7.5


You can copy information from the List Items dialog into another Windows
application such as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. The contents are formatted so
that Excel can interpret them according to their type, for example date & time,
number, text, flag. The column headings in the spreadsheet will be the same as
those in the List Items dialog.

How do I copy from the List Items dialog into another application?

You want to find the total of all of the transactions that took place on a Wednesday.
An easy way of doing this is to copy the items into Microsoft Excel and sum all of
the values. To do this:
1. Select the six transactions that took place on a Wednesday in the List Items
dialog and click Copy.
2. Click OK to close the List Items dialog.

202 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

3. Start Microsoft Excel with a new empty spreadsheet.


4. Press Ctrl+V to paste the six items into the spreadsheet.
The column headings in the spreadsheet are the same as the column headings
in the List Items dialog.

5. You want to know the sum of all of the values that you pasted into the
spreadsheet. In the Label column, hold down the left mouse button and click
on the first value while holding down the left mouse button drag to select all of
the remaining values in this column. Release the left mouse button. The sum of
the values (86300) is displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the
spreadsheet.

sum of all values


(86300)

6. Close Microsoft Excel, do not save any changes to the spreadsheet.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 203


Sorting Theme Lines Within a Chart

Sorting Theme Lines Within a Chart 7.6


There are a number of different chart layouts available in Analyst’s Notebook, one
of which is the Theme Line layout. A Theme Line layout is useful when you have a
large number of theme lines on your chart.

It allows you to:


• sort the theme lines by an attribute, for example ordering the theme lines down
the chart in descending order of the number of links
• separate theme lines vertically by a specified distance
• align theme line icons
• arrange diverting event frames

A Theme Line layout is not appropriate for charts that do not contain theme lines.

How do I perform a Theme Line layout?

Before you perform a Theme Line layout, display the Layouts toolbar. To do this:
1. Click on the chart background to make sure that no items are selected.
2. Click the Layout Setup toolbar button to display the Setup Layouts dialog and
select Theme Line to display the Theme Line page:

204 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

3. When the theme lines are displayed on the chart, you want them to be evenly
spaced. In the Distance box, type 1 (if your Windows settings are in inches) or
2.5 (if your Windows settings are in centimeters).
4. You want the theme lines to be arranged in descending order. To do this, in the
Order area, select By Attribute and from the drop-down list select Entity
Links.
5. Turn on the Descending Order check box. When you run the Theme Line
layout the transactions will be displayed in descending order.
6. Click OK to close the Setup Layouts dialog.
7. Click the Theme Line Chart Layout toolbar button. Your chart is laid out
according to the settings you specified in the Setup Layouts dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 205


Sorting Theme Lines Within a Chart

8. Click the Fit Chart in Window toolbar button to see the entire chart (Example
7 finished.anb).

4916-5428
21 May 1998
Stapleton

48000
3785-5515
25 Mar 1994
Crownsv ille

1079-7367
09 Oct 1995
Crownsv ille 1,630 540

90
4546-4646
03 Dec 1996
Crownsv ille

4935-1288
04 May 1989
Mallory 45000 500

40000
7855-5515
01 Mar 1996
Stapleton 15000

17500 200
8430-2253
01 Mar 1996
Compton

4989-7999
14 Sep 1998
Crownsv ille

1000
8553-3667
04 Jul 1996
Stapleton 500 1280 300

12600 460
3217-1997
19 Dec 1996
Compton 50000 590

13500
2359-6356
17 May 1998
Compton 12000

9706-3911
02 Apr 1998
Crownsv ille

6729-3452
21 Aug 1998
Compton 540

4000 170
0034-3498
01 Jan 1997
Stapleton

8831-5529
10 Mar 1997
Crownsv ille

5610-0962
03 Dec 1996
Stapleton

1217-2366
13 Mar 1997
Mallory

4553-1839
03 Mar 1979
Stapleton

0457-1344
15 Jun 1998
Compton

5594-8715
10 Mar 1997
Mallory

2384-8847
10 Sep 1998
Stapleton

4945-1221
03 Dec 1996
Mallory

3995-6194
10 Mar 1997
Mallory

9. Save and close your chart.

206 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 7: Analyzing a Chart by Sorting Items

Summary 7.7
In this example you will have learned how to:
• analyze your chart using List Items
• add and remove columns in the List Items dialog
• use analysis attributes to analyze your chart
• sort columns in the List Items dialog
• copy information from the List Items dialog into another Windows application
• perform a Theme Line layout

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 207


Summary

208 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


8
Merging Charts

This example explains how you can copy items from one chart into another, and
how Analyst’s Notebook automatically merges them. It also describes how you can
manually merge items.

Contents
Introduction 210
Working with Label Merge and Paste Rules 211
Working with Attribute Merge and Paste Rules 215
Manually Merging Chart Items 220
Merging Links 227
Finding Matching Entities 236
Combining Attributes 244
Summary 247

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 209


Introduction

Introduction 8.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• merge and paste rules for labels and attributes
• connection styles when merging
• finding matching entities on a chart
• combining two attribute classes into one

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 8 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
A chart containing information as part of an ongoing investigation into the
happenings surrounding three suspects, FARMER, TOTTIER, and GOLDBURG,
has already been created for you. Surveillance has been carried out and further
information is now available in three separate charts.

Two of these charts are from an earlier investigation by your department


concerning some of the suspects and bank accounts on your chart.

In addition, you have access to another chart from an independent financial


institution, also concerning the accounts involved in the investigation.

You want to add this additional information to the chart that you are working on in
your current investigation so that you have a combined chart containing the
information from all of the investigations.

210 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

Working with Label Merge and Paste Rules 8.2


When you are pasting entities from another chart, Analyst’s Notebook treats two
entities as the same if their identities match, and automatically merges them.
Analyst’s Notebook also allows you to manually merge chart items. Whenever
items are merged you must decide how you want Analyst’s Notebook to handle
their labels. You can choose to:
• Merge
• Append
• Discard

Merge Merging entities with identical labels on a chart results in a single label. For
example, merging John HUDSON and John HUDSON results in a label John
HUDSON.

John HUDSON John HUDSON


Merge

John HUDSON

Append Concatenate one label to the other. For example, if the labels of John HUDSON
and John HUDSON are appended the resulting label will be John HUDSON John
HUDSON, separated by a new line.

John HUDSON John HUDSON


Append

John HUDSON
John HUDSON

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 211


Working with Label Merge and Paste Rules

Discard Ignore the label of the chart item you are pasting (paste operation) or the chart
items you selected last (merge operation) and retain the label of the original or first
selected chart item.

John HUDSON HUDSON


First Selected Second Selected
Discard

John HUDSON

If you set a label merge and paste rule in a chart, it will be applied to all
subsequent merging and pasting of labels until you change it.

Note: Numeric links have different merge and paste behavior to labels. For further
information on the merge and paste behavior of numeric links, refer to Sum
Numeric Links on page 227. For more information on merge rules, refer to the
Online Help.

212 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

How do I set label merge and paste rules?

Your department is part way through an investigation into three suspects


GOLDBURG, TOTTIER and FARMER. During an earlier investigation, a chart
containing further information relating to GOLDBURG and a Janet TOTTIER was
created. You now want to copy information from this earlier chart into the chart you
have created as part of the current investigation. To do this:
1. Open Example 8 initial.anb. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on
the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder. This will open
the chart that you are working on in the current investigation:

Address Account Holder 20000

210 Green Street GOLDBURG 9743-2374 1002-1002


Little Rock H andgun A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
D av id G RE E N A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

19000

Address Account Holder 12000 15000

12 High Street Janet TOTTIER 0942-5473 4509-6822


St Saviour YE S A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Address Associates
17500

Money

Drugs Account Holder

Anonymous 2 FARMER 4598-0900


US
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Drugs

Money

Anonymous 1

2. Save this chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 8 merging.anb in the File Name box
and click Save.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 213


Working with Label Merge and Paste Rules

3. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog, and select Options\Behavior to display the Behavior page:

4. In the Label Merge And Paste Rules area, select Discard. When you paste
items with the same identity into this chart, or manually merge items, they will
automatically merge and only one label will be displayed for each item.

Do not close the Chart Properties dialog.

214 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

Working with Attribute Merge and Paste Rules 8.3


When you are merging or pasting chart items with attributes, you can decide how
you want Analyst’s Notebook to combine their values.

For example, you could choose to display an attribute of type Text so that all of the
values are combined and displayed on a separate line using the “combine with line
break” option when merging or pasting.

In the example below, DUPLEASE and Kevin DUPLEASE both have instances of
the Armed attribute class showing the weapons that they are known to have in their
possession. When the “combine with line break” option is specified and the two
entities are merged, both of the attribute instances are combined, each value being
displayed on a separate line.

DUPLEASE
2 prev ious conv iction(s)
Kevin DUPLEASE combine with line break
S hotgun H andgun
US

Kevin DUPLEASE
DUPLEASE
2 prev ious conv iction(s)
S hotgun
H andgun
US

You can apply different rules to each of the different attribute types (Text, Date &
Time, Number, and Flag); each of these rules is described in further detail in the
online help.

An attribute merge and paste rule applies to just the attribute class for which it is
set. It will be applied to all subsequent merging and pasting of that attribute class
until you change it.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 215


Working with Attribute Merge and Paste Rules

How do I set attribute merge and paste rules?

GOLDBURG has two aliases, John PALMER and David GREEN. Your current
chart contains the alias he has used during this investigation, David GREEN, as an
instance of the Alias attribute class. During an earlier investigation a chart was
created that contains another alias that he has used, John PALMER, also as an
instance of the Alias attribute class. You want to copy the items from this earlier
chart into your current chart. When you paste these items into the chart, you want
each of the combined values to be displayed on a separate line. To do this:
1. Select Definitions\Attribute Classes to display the Attribute Classes page of
the Chart Properties dialog:

216 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

2. Select the Alias attribute class and click Properties. This will display the Edit
Attribute Class dialog:

3. In the Behavior area, from the On Paste drop-down list, select combine with
line break. When you paste the GOLDBURG entity from the earlier chart into
this chart each alias will be displayed on a separate line.
4. Click OK to close the Edit Attribute Class dialog.
5. Click OK to close the Chart Properties dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 217


Working with Attribute Merge and Paste Rules

How do I copy and paste attributes and labels?

When you have set the merge and paste rules of a chart you can then copy items
into it from another chart. A chart has already been created for you that contains
information about the relationship between GOLDBURG and TOTTIER. Each of
them are displayed with attributes: GOLDBURG has values for the Date of Birth
and Alias attribute classes and TOTTIER has an attribute to show that she is
known to be violent. Copy the contents of this chart into your current chart and
observe what happens when some of the items and attributes are automatically
merged and some of them are not. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 8 merge 1.anb.

GOLDBURG
John P A LM E R
16 Jan 1954

Associates

TOTTIER
YE S

2. From the Edit menu, select Copy Chart.

Note: The Copy Chart command will not be available if you have selected any
chart items. Click on the chart background to deselect any items that
may be selected.

3. Close the chart Example 8 merge 1.anb.


4. In the Example 8 merging chart press Ctrl+V. The contents of the chart
Example 8 merge 1.anb are pasted into it.

218 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

The two GOLDBURG entities merge automatically. This is because their identities
are the same. The merged entity is displayed with an attribute instance of the Alias
attribute class, displayed on two separate lines.

GOLDBURG
Handgun
Dav id GREEN
John P A LM ER
16 Jan 1954

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 219


Manually Merging Chart Items

Manually Merging Chart Items 8.4


When you have chart items that do not have the same identity they will not merge
automatically as a result of a paste operation. You can merge these chart items
manually.

When you merge two chart items, all of the information attached to the individual
items, such as cards and descriptions, will be copied into the merged item. If the
item from which the merge is being performed contains information that is not the
same as the item that it is being merged into, for example their descriptions are
different, then it is added to the merged item as a card. If the information on each
item before they are merged is the same, then a card will not be added to the
merged item.

Label merge and paste rules and attribute merge and paste behavior also apply
when merging chart items manually. For more information on label merge and
paste rules, refer to Working with Label Merge and Paste Rules on page 211.

How can I check if entities are similar?

You now have two similar entities on your chart: one for TOTTIER and one for
Janet TOTTIER. They appear to be the same person but they have not merged.
This is because their identities are different. Examine each of them in turn to see if
they have any common characteristics. If you decide that they are the same
person, merge them manually so that you have just one TOTTIER entity on your
chart. To do this:
1. Drag the TOTTIER entity up the chart so that it is easier to see and double-click
on it to open the Edit Icon dialog.

220 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

2. Select Data\Description & Grades to display the Description & Grades page:

The description on this entity is “Has a number of convictions for weapon


possession and violence. Believed to live at 12 High Street, St Saviour with
FARMER, a known drug dealer.”

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 221


Manually Merging Chart Items

3. Select Cards\Card List to display the Card List page. This entity has two
cards. These cards describe details of previous convictions for weapon
possession and violence.

4. Click Cancel to close the Edit Icon dialog.


5. Now examine Janet TOTTIER in the same way: double-click on it to open the
Edit Icon dialog and look at the description. The description on this entity is
“Has previous convictions for possession of a knife and violence.” This is very
similar to the description on TOTTIER.
6. Look at the cards on Janet TOTTIER. There are two cards associated with this
entity containing dated cards with observations from the current investigation.
7. Click Cancel to close the Edit Icon dialog.

222 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

How do I manually merge entities?

The descriptions on the TOTTIER and Janet TOTTIER entities are similar. You
believe that they are both the same person as they both have similar previous
convictions. Manually merge the Janet TOTTIER entity into the TOTTIER entity. To
do this:
1. Select TOTTIER and Janet TOTTIER, in that order.
Note: The order in which the entities are selected is important. The second
selected entity (in this case Janet TOTTIER) is merged into the first
selected entity (in this case TOTTIER).
2. From the Tools menu, select Merge Entities.
The Janet TOTTIER entity is merged into the TOTTIER entity.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 223


Manually Merging Chart Items

What happens to cards on a merged entity?

When you merged the TOTTIER and Janet TOTTIER entities the cards on each of
them also merged. Before the merge there were two cards on TOTTIER and two
cards on Janet TOTTIER. Examine the merged TOTTIER entity to see what
happened to these cards. To do this:
1. Double-click on TOTTIER to open the Edit Icon dialog, and select Cards\Card
List to open the Card List page:

There are now five cards on the TOTTIER entity. These five cards are made up
of:

two from the original TOTTIER entity, relating to previous convictions

two from Janet TOTTIER, relating to dated observations from the current
investigation
— one containing information in the original Janet TOTTIER entity
(description, grades, source type, source reference, and so on).

224 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

2. Select Card 5: Janet TOTTIER to display this card:

Some of the information on Janet TOTTIER (the description and grades) was
different to that on TOTTIER so it has been added as a card.
3. Click Cancel to close the Edit Icon dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 225


Manually Merging Chart Items

4. Move TOTTIER so that she is placed directly below GOLDBURG on the chart.
Notice that when you pasted the items from the chart Example 8 merge
1.anb into this chart an additional link between GOLDBURG and TOTTIER
was pasted into it showing that they are associates.

GOLDBURG
H andgun
Dav id G RE EN
John P A LM ER
16 Jan 1954

Associates

TOTTIER
YE S

5. Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

226 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

Merging Links 8.5


You can automatically merge links when you paste them into a chart. The resulting
link will depend on the connection style of the link.

The connection style of a link can be, in ascending order:


• Single
• Directed
• Multiple

For further information on connection styles, refer to the online help.

When links are merged the resulting connection style is the highest one in the
order. For example:
• if a link with a single connection style is merged into another link with a single
connection style, the resulting link will be a Single connection
• if a link with a single connection style is merged into another link with a directed
connection style, the resulting link will be a Directed connection
• if a link with a directed connection style is merged into another link with a
multiple connection style, the resulting link will be a Multiple connection

Sum Numeric If the labels on your links are numeric, you can choose to add the numbers
Links together when pasting or merging using the Sum Numeric Links option.

200 1000

4526-5765 1456-9875 4526-5765 1456-9875

Sum Numeric Links

1200

4526-5765 1456-9875

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 227


Merging Links

Single The example below demonstrates what happens when a single link is merged with
connection another link having a Single connection style. The resulting link has an arrowhead
at both ends. This makes it difficult to see the transaction amounts flowing in each
direction:

10000 20000
1546-4846 5479-8754 1546-4846 5479-8754

Resulting Link

30000
1546-4846 5479-8754

Directed The example below demonstrates what happens if a Directed link is merged with
connection another link that has a Directed connection style. The resulting link is a Directed
link that clearly shows the transaction amounts flowing in each direction:
5000 2000

10000 5000

30000 7000

1546-4846 5479-8754 1546-4846 5479-8754

Resulting Link

7000

15000

37000

1546-4846 5479-8754

228 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

How do I find the connection style of a set of links?

Before you paste the contents of another chart into your current chart you need to
find the connection style of the links. To do this:
1. Right-click on the link between 0942-5473 and 4509-6822, and from the
shortcut menu, select Edit Item Properties to display the Edit Link dialog.
2. Select Style\Connection to display the Connection page:

3. The connection style on this link is set to be Single.


A single connection style is not appropriate in this example as you have
transactions where amounts flow in both directions. When you merge links from
another chart into this chart, the transactions will be displayed as a single link
with a double-headed arrowhead. This will make it difficult to determine the
transaction amounts flowing in each direction.
4. Click Cancel to close the Edit Link dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 229


Merging Links

How do I change the connection style of a link?

At least one of the Transaction links on your chart has a Single connection style.
You know that this is not the appropriate connection style for the type of
information that you want to paste into this chart as you want to be able to see the
flow of the transactions between the accounts. Find all of the Transaction links on
the chart and change their connection style to be Directed. To do this:
1. Press the F11 key to open the List Items dialog.
2. If it is not already displayed, click the Links tab to display the Links page:

3. Click the Type column heading. This groups entries of the same type.
4. Select all of the Transaction links (5 of them) and click OK to close the List
Items dialog and select the links on the chart.
5. All of the Transaction links are selected on the chart. Right-click on one of
them, and from the shortcut menu, select Combined Properties to display the
Edit Chart Items dialog.

230 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

6. Select Style\Connection to display the Connection page:

7. In the Multiplicity area, select Directed.


8. Click OK to close the Edit Link dialog.

All of the Transaction links will have a Directed connection style. When you paste
links with direction into this chart they will be drawn with the correct arrowhead
style. You will not get an arrowhead at both ends of the link.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 231


Merging Links

How do I sum numeric links automatically when merging?

When you paste Transaction links from another chart into this chart you want the
total of the transactions in each direction to be summed. To do this:
1. Click the Edit Chart Properties toolbar button to display the Chart Properties
dialog, and select Options\Behavior to display the Behavior page:

2. Make sure that the Sum Numeric Links check box is turned on and click OK
to close the Chart Properties dialog.

232 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

3. Open the chart Example 8 merge 2.anb:

2309-3463
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

14000 21000

8500

2500 5000
0942-5473 4509-6822 1002-1002
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking A ccount Ty pe = C hecking A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

16500

6789-0911
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

4. From the Edit menu, select Copy Chart.


5. Close Example 8 merge 2.anb.
6. Paste the copied chart into your initial chart.
7. Look at the Transaction links between the accounts.
The Transaction links between 0942-5473 and 4509-6822 have been updated:
— A transaction for 2500 from 4509-6822 to 0942-5473 has been added.
— The transaction amount from 0942-5473 to 4509-6822 has increased to
20500. This is because the Sum Numeric Links check box was turned on
in Step 2 and you pasted a transaction for 8500 into this chart.
The transactions between 4509-6822 and 1002-1002 have also been updated:
— A transaction for 5000 from 1002-1002 to 4509-6822 has been added.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 233


Merging Links

If you had not set the connection style on these links to be Directed you would
have had a single link with an arrowhead at both ends with the sum of the
transactions. You would not have known how much had flowed in each
direction.

1002-1002
UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

20500 15000
0942-5473 2500 4509-6822 5000
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

8. Two new accounts have been added to this chart: 2309-3463 and 6789-0911.
These accounts have crossed links and make the chart untidy. Rearrange them
to tidy up the chart.

234 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Address Account Holder 20000


210 Green Street GOLDBURG 9743-2374 1002-1002
Little Rock H andgun A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
Dav id G REE N A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
John P A LM E R
16 Jan 1954

21000

19000
Associates 2309-3463
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

14000

Address Account Holder 20500 15000


12 High Street TOTTIER 0942-5473 2500 4509-6822 5000
St Saviour YE S A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Address Associates
17500 16500

Money

Drugs Account Holder


Anonymous 2 FARMER 4598-0900 6789-0911
US A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Drugs

Money

Anonymous 1

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 235


Finding Matching Entities

Finding Matching Entities 8.6


Analyst’s Notebook includes a powerful tool called Find Matching Entities which
identifies similar entities on a chart. This tool can be used to overcome some of the
problems associated with poor data quality and the inconsistencies experienced
when incorporating data from disparate data sources. This can include:
• different recordings of the same information
• duplicated entities as a result of adding information from different data sources
• data input errors, misspellings, or variations of spellings in the entity label, for
example there may be a Paul Mantor and Paul MANTOR on the chart
• duplication of information has occurred on a chart, but the formatting of the
information is different, for example telephone number formats 878 965 4782
and 878-965-4782

These inconsistencies mean that the same piece of information can be


represented by different entities on a chart. This could mean that key associations
are overlooked and vital leads can go unnoticed.

You may find that entities from different charts contain the same information
presented in slightly different formats. Your organization may represent telephone
numbers as three groups of digits, separated with a space, for example:
452 548 7849. Another organization may represent telephone numbers as a string
of ten numbers without a hyphen and with a prefix, for example
Domestic Number: 4525487849. As the digits in both of them are the same you
could find all of the entities with identities containing these digits and merge them
into a single entity on your chart.

236 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

In the example below, the contents of a telephone chart have been copied into
another telephone chart containing information about the same telephone
numbers. The Telephone entities on the chart have not merged automatically as
their identities do not match. However, you can see that the telephone numbers are
the same. You can search the chart for all Telephone entities with matching digits
in their identity using the Find Matching Entities tool and merge them.

Domestic number: 4781546788 Domestic number: 9572441327 Business number: 2773139037 Domestic number: 2808012997 Business number: 01849971489

Discount Warehouse 9572441327 John GREEN 01849 971 489 Herbie PARKER

Subscriber Subscriber Subscriber Subscriber Subscriber

277 313 9037 Kevin DUPLEASE 280801 2997 Diamond Trading 478 154 6788

Merging the matching entities will produce a chart similar to that below, where
there is only one occurrence of each telephone number on the chart:

Discount Warehouse Domestic number: 9572441327 John GREEN Business number: 01849971489 Herbie PARKER

Subscriber Subscriber Subscriber Subscriber Subscriber

Business number: 2773139037 Kevin DUPLEASE Domestic number: 2808012997 Diamond Trading Domestic number:4781546788

Any additional information contained on the item from which the merge is
performed is added to the merged item as a card.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 237


Finding Matching Entities

Pasting more information into a chart

You have received information from a financial institution about some of the
accounts on your chart. Paste this chart into your current chart. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 8 merge 3.anb:

09425473
A ccount Ty pe = Business
US
Binkleys International

Account Banker

Tagura Credit Union Account Banker


45980900
A ccount Ty pe = S av ings

Account Banker
Account Banker
Second Interstate Bank
97432374
A ccount Ty pe = High Interest
US

Second Direct 10021002


A ccount Ty pe = H igh Interest
UK

2. From the Edit menu, select Copy Chart.


3. Close the chart Example 8 merge 3.anb.
4. Paste the copied chart into your initial chart.

238 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

5. Tidy up your chart so that it looks similar to that below:

Address Account Holder 20000


210 Green Street GOLDBURG 9743-2374 1002-1002
Little Rock H andgun A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
D av id G REE N A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
John P A LM E R
16 Jan 1954

21000

19000
Associates 2309-3463
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

14000

Address Account Holder 20500 15000

12 High Street TOTTIER 0942-5473 2500 4509-6822 5000


St Saviour YE S A ccount Ty pe = C hecking UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Address Associates
17500 16500

Money

Drugs Account Holder

Anonymous 2 FARMER 4598-0900 6789-0911


US A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Drugs

Money
Account Banker
45980900 Second Direct
A ccount Ty pe = S av ings

Anonymous 1 Account Banker

10021002 Tagura Credit Union


A ccount Ty pe = H igh Interest
UK

Account Banker

97432374 Binkleys International


A ccount Ty pe = H igh Interest
US

Account Banker
09425473 Second Interstate Bank
A ccount Ty pe = Business
US

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 239


Finding Matching Entities

How do I find matching entities using Smart Matching?

When you pasted the contents of Example 8 merge 3.anb into your initial
chart, the accounts did not merge automatically. This is because the account
numbers are in a different format, for example 0942-5473 and 09425473. However,
these two accounts the same "real world" account, as the digits are identical, just
in slightly different formats.

Smart Matching uses a set of predefined rules for deciding whether one entity
could be the same real-world object as another. It does this by examining entities
and their links, and comparing their entity types and their property values to
produce an overall score of between 1 and 10. The score is an indication of the
probability of the two entities being the same real-world object.

The score ranges from one, which indicates the weakest match, to 10, which
indicates a perfect match. The threshold can be used to produce fewer but
stronger matches, or more but weaker matches.

Find all of the accounts that contain the same account number and merge them.
To do this:
1. From the Analysis menu, select Find Matching Entities to display the Find
Matching Entities dialog.

The Find Matching Entities dialog is typically docked to the main application
window:

side bar

240 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

2. Double-click on the side bar of the Find Matching Entities dialog so that it floats
freely within the application window:

3. From the drop-down list, select Smart Matching if it is not already selected,
then click Setup. This displays the Setup Smart Matching dialog:

4. In the Matching area, make sure that the Threshold slider is set to 9, as you
want to look for the strongest possible matches.
5. As you want to search all of the entities on your chart for the strongest match,
in the Search Area, from the Entities drop-down list, select All if it is not
already selected.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 241


Finding Matching Entities

6. Click OK to close the Setup Smart Matching dialog.


7. Click Find to run the search. The matching entities are displayed:

The Matched Sets area shows that four pairs of matched entities have been
found. Notice that even though the identities of each of the entities are different
they both contain the same digits but in slightly different formats: account
number 0942-5473 (Account Type = Checking) contains the same digits as
account number 09425473 (Account Type = Business). Each matched pair has
been scored as 9, which means that it is very likely that these entities are the
same real world object, and can be merged into a single entity.
8. In the Matched Sets area, click the Select All button. This selects all of the
matched entities in the Matched Sets area.

9. To merge each pair of matched entities into one entity, in the Matched Sets
area, click Merge.
10. Close the Find Matching Entities dialog.
11. To see all of the chart on your screen, from the View menu, click Fit Chart In
Window.
12. You can now see that each pair of matched entities has been merged into
single entities. Tidy up your chart by removing any crossed links or items that
are obscuring other items on the chart.

242 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Binkleys International

Account Banker

Address Account Holder 20000 Account Banker

210 Green Street GOLDBURG 9743-2374 1002-1002 Tagura Credit Union


Little Rock Handgun US UK
Dav id G REE N A ccount Ty pe = C hecking H igh Interest A ccount Ty pe = C hecking High Interest
John P A LM E R US UK
16 Jan 1954

21000

Second Interstate Bank


19000
Associates 2309-3463
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Account Banker
14000

Address Account Holder 20500 15000

12 High Street TOTTIER 0942-5473 2500 4509-6822 5000


St Saviour YE S US UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking Business A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
US

Address Associates
17500 16500

Money

Drugs Account Holder

Anonymous 2 FARMER 4598-0900 6789-0911


US A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking S av ings

Drugs

Money Account Banker

Anonymous 1 Second Direct

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 243


Combining Attributes

Combining Attributes 8.7


Organizations may define different attribute classes to convey the same
information. If you paste information that you have received from another
organization into a chart created by your organization you may find that there are
two attribute classes defined in the resulting chart. Each of these attribute classes
may convey exactly the same information. You may also find that some of the items
on the resulting chart have instances of both attribute classes defined, hence
duplicating the information on the chart. You can combine the two attribute classes
so that you have only one attribute class to convey the same information.

In the example below, the attribute class Country is defined in Chart 1 to show that
GREEN and DUPLEASE both deal in the UK. Chart 2 has a Territory attribute
class defined that conveys the same information as the Country attribute class in
Chart 1. When the contents of Chart 2 are pasted into Chart 1 the resulting chart
will contain both the Country and Territory attribute classes. When you combine the
two attribute classes, the Territory attribute class is pasted into values of the
Country attribute class.

Chart 1
GREEN DUPLEASE
UK UK Country attribute class

Chart 2 DUPLEASE
H andgun
UK Territory attribute class

Chart 2 pasted GREEN DUPLEASE


into Chart 1 UK H andgun
UK
UK

Resulting chart
after combining
Country and Territory GREEN DUPLEASE
attribute classes UK H andgun
UK

244 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

How do I combine values from two different attribute classes?

Some of the items on the chart Example 3 merge 3.anb have instances of the
Territory attribute class. The Territory attribute class was added to the current chart
when you pasted the content of Example 3 merge 3.anb into it. The Territory
attribute class conveys exactly the same information as the Country attribute class
that is currently defined in your chart. Some of the items on the chart have entries
for both attribute classes. You only want to use the Country attribute class to
convey this information. Merge the contents of the Territory attribute class into the
Country attribute class so that a single Country attribute class is created. To do
this:
1. From the Tools menu, select Combine Attributes to display the Combine
Attributes dialog:

2. When you combine the values of the Territory and Country attribute classes
you want to remove the Territory attribute class from your chart. From the Paste
Values of Attribute drop-down list, select Territory, and turn on the Delete
Attribute Class check box.
3. From the Onto Values of Attribute drop-down list, select Country.
4. From the Paste Behavior drop-down list select combine. Make sure that the
Discard Duplicates check box is turned on.
5. Click OK to combine the attributes on the chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 245


Combining Attributes

Each of the entities that had an instance of the Territory attribute class are
displayed with an instance of the Country attribute class. The Territory attribute
class no longer exists. Your chart should now look similar to that below (Example
8 finished.anb):

Binkleys International

Account Banker

Address Account Holder 20000 Account Banker

210 Green Street GOLDBURG 9743-2374 1002-1002 Tagura Credit Union


Little Rock H andgun US UK
D av id G RE E N A ccount Ty pe = C hecking High Interest A ccount Ty pe = C hecking H igh Interest
John PA LM E R
16 Jan 1954

21000

Second Interstate Bank


19000
Associates 2309-3463
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Account Banker
14000

Address Account Holder 20500 15000

12 High Street TOTTIER 0942-5473 2500 4509-6822 5000


St Saviour YE S US UK
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking Business A ccount Ty pe = C hecking

Address Associates
17500 16500

Money

Drugs Account Holder

Anonymous 2 FARMER 4598-0900 6789-0911


US A ccount Ty pe = C hecking
A ccount Ty pe = C hecking S av ings

Drugs

Money Account Banker

Anonymous 1 Second Direct

Save and close your chart.

246 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 8: Merging Charts

Summary 8.8
In this example you will have learned how to:
• use merge and paste rules for labels and attributes
• change connection styles when merging
• find matching entities on a chart
• combine two attribute classes into one

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 247


Summary

248 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


9
Basic Searching

This example explains how you can search for items on a chart using basic search
tools.

Contents
Introduction 250
Using the Search Bar to Find Chart Items 252
Using Visual Search to Find a Chart Item 256
Finding a Path Between Two Entities on a Chart 259
Finding Linked Chart Items 262
Laying out a Chart 269
Summary 273

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 249


Introduction

Introduction 9.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• finding items based on the text they contain
• marking a selection with a selection set
• performing a simple search
• finding a path between two entities on a chart
• finding chart items that are linked to a selection
• showing and hiding information
• rearranging items on your chart using layouts

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 9 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

250 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

Scenario
Two people are known and under investigation. In each case you know only their
last name; you do not know their first name. One of these suspects, DUKE,
appears only once on the chart but there are two entities for the second suspect
SMITHSON. From intelligence you know that SMITHSON is a male who lives in
Whitford so you have some further information with which to find him.

Find DUKE and SMITHSON on the chart. Then find any other individual on the
chart with whom they are associated. When you have found this individual, find any
further individuals with whom they may be associated.

Examine the associations in further detail by hiding all of the chart items that are
not associated with the three suspects to see if you glean further information from
the associations.

An alternative approach to finding areas of interest is to lay out your chart in


different ways. When you have found how the suspects may be related on the
chart, use the layout tools to see if rearranging the items on your chart confirms
your findings.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 251


Using the Search Bar to Find Chart Items

Using the Search Bar to Find Chart Items 9.2


The Search Bar allows you to search through all of the information in your chart in
one simple operation. You can find chart items containing specific text using the
Search Bar. Enter in the word, phrase, number, or date you are looking for and the
Search Bar returns a list of all the items in the chart that match your request.

The Search Bar contains a close-up preview of each resulting item so that you can
always locate your results, no matter how large your chart.

Search Bar box The search results table lists A close-up preview
of all items in the chart that window of each selected
match the search request in item.
item rank order.

252 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

The Search Bar looks for the search text in all items on the chart including:
• Entities
• Links
• Cards
• Attributes
• Identities
• Semantic Types
• Data records

How do I find text on a chart?

A chart has been created for you that contains information about meetings and
people. You need to find a known suspect, DUKE, but you do not know where he is
on the chart. Use Find Text to find the DUKE entity on the chart. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 9 initial.anb. To access the folder in which this
chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in
the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

DOWN Meeting PRESCOTT Meeting BOSTON MELDREW


Boltby Knightly Tamford

Anonymous Meeting CASTE


Bedw orth
DUPLEASE DAVIS Meeting BRIGHTMAN
Brisley Wakeley

DUKE Meeting WARD Meeting TAYLOR


C ompton C hilv ille H ockley
Meeting JAMES Meeting
Tamford

Meeting FISK Meeting Anonymous


Boltby

SMITHSON Meeting SMITH


Whitford

SMITHSON Meeting Meeting JOHNSON


S taines

GAMBLES Meeting JONES

Anonymous BISHOP
Lake Worth

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 253


Using the Search Bar to Find Chart Items

2. Save this chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 9 basic searching.anb in the File
Name box and click Save.
3. Search for any text on the chart that contains DUKE. In the Search Bar type
DUKE:

4. Click the Find All Matches button.


The results of the search are shown in the results table, and the preview
window displays a close up of the selected matched chart entity:

5. Make sure that DUKE is selected in the Search Bar results list, then click the
Fit Chart in Window toolbar button, so that the whole of the chart is visible,
and you can see the position of DUKE.
6. So that it is easier to see the position of DUKE on your chart, click the
Highlight toolbar button. DUKE is now clearly highlighted on your chart.

How do I create a selection set?


Create a selection set and add DUKE to it so that it is easier for you to find him on
the chart in later parts of this example. To create a selection set:
1. Display the Selection Sets toolbar, if it is not already displayed; right-click in the
toolbar area, and select Selection Sets.

2. From the Choose Set drop-down list select 1, and click the Define Set toolbar
button.

254 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

3. DUKE is displayed in the Search Bar preview window with an attribute to show
that he is a member of selection set 1:

4. As DUKE is clearly identifiable as being a member of selection set 1, click the


Highlight toolbar button to turn off the Highlighter.
5. Hide the Search Bar results, to do this, click Hide Results.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 255


Using Visual Search to Find a Chart Item

Using Visual Search to Find a Chart Item 9.3


You can analyze the contents of your chart using the Visual Search tool.

Visual Search enables you to search for:


• a single entity
• linked entities
For more information on using Visual Search to find linked entities, refer to
Searching for Entity and Link Types on page 278.
Single entity Searches all of the entities on your chart to find those that match the conditions
you specify. It does not take into account whether an entity is linked in any way to
another entity.

In the example below, Visual Search has found a single Female entity whose
identity contains Mel MELDREW and whose Date of Birth is 26 October 1960.

Pentland Leasing

Registered Owner Associates Alias


478 TRL Bob JONES Mel MELDREW Margaret CASTE
20 Feb 1948 26 Oct 1960 26 Oct 1960

Money

Drugs
Money Drugs

Unknown male Jack DAVIDSON


6 Oct 1952

256 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

How do I find chart items using Visual Search?

The only information that you have about the second suspect is that he is male,
living in Whitford, and known as SMITHSON. There are two SMITHSON entities on
this chart. You could use Find Text, but that will find both entities. As you are only
interested in a SMITHSON who lives in Whitford, a more appropriate way of finding
him is to use Visual Search. To use Visual Search to find SMITHSON living in
Whitford:
1. From the Analysis menu, select Visual Search to display the Visual Search
dialog, and click the Single Entity tab to display the Single Entity page, if it is
not already displayed.
2. Click Reset to make sure that the Visual Search settings are set to their default
values.

3. You know that SMITHSON is a male. From the Type drop-down list, select
Male.
4. From the Identity/Label drop-down list, select Identity.
5. From the Condition drop-down list, select equal to.
6. In the Value box, type SMITHSON.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 257


Using Visual Search to Find a Chart Item

7. You want to search for any instances of the Address attribute class associated
with a SMITHSON entity on your chart that contain Whitford. From the
Attribute Class drop-down list, select Address.
8. From the Condition drop-down list, select contains, and in the Value box type
Whitford.
As you add search conditions to the Visual Search dialog it is updated with a
summary of the conditions that you specify:

Summary

Value box

Condition
drop-down list

9. Click OK to perform the search.


10. When you receive the message that one chart item has been selected, click
OK.
11. The SMITHSON entity living in Whitford is selected on your chart. Add this
entity to Selection Set 2. Use the same method that you used to create
Selection Set 1 in How do I create a selection set? on page 254, making sure
that you select 2 and not 1 from the Choose Set drop-down list.

SMITHSON
Whitford

258 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

Finding a Path Between Two Entities on a Chart 9.4


You can search for paths between entities on a chart. For example, you may know
two targets on a chart but need to find any paths between the two targets. You can
use the Find Path tool to find a path between two entities on a chart following:
• the direction of any links
• only links that have a specific attribute
• only entities that have a specific attribute

In the example below, Find Path has found a path between AUSTIN and JONES
that you may want to further investigate:

Attendee

AUSTIN Meeting

Attendee

Attendee
SMITH Meeting

Attendee

Account Banker Account Holder


Second Interstate 4546-4689 JONES

Note: You can also use Find Path to find paths between items in chronological order, for
example to analyze telephone billing information or financial transactions. For
further information on how to do this, refer to Chapter 12, Exploring Relationships.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 259


Finding a Path Between Two Entities on a Chart

How do I find a path between two entities on a chart?

SMITHSON and DUKE are both known to have attended meetings, but you do not
know if they have both attended the same meetings. Analyze your chart using Find
Path to see if there is a path between SMITHSON and DUKE; if they have
attended the same meeting, they may be associates. To do this:
1. Press 1 to restore Selection Set 1. DUKE is selected on your chart.
2. Press Ctrl+2 to restore Selection Set 2. SMITHSON is selected on your chart.
3. From the Analysis menu, select Find Path to display the Find Path dialog.
4. Click Reset to make sure the Find Path settings are set to their default values.

5. You do not need to change the Find Path settings for this operation. Click OK to
perform the search for a path.
6. When you receive the message that one path containing four links has been
found, click OK.

260 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

The path between DUKE and SMITHSON is selected on your chart.

Meeting

DUKE Meeting WARD Meeting


C hilv ille
C ompton

SMITHSON Meeting SMITH


Whitford

GAMBLES Meeting

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 261


Finding Linked Chart Items

Finding Linked Chart Items 9.5


You have already seen how you can use Visual Search and Find Path to find items
on your chart and the paths between them. You can also find other chart items that
may be linked to a chart item using Find Linked.

You can set the search depth of a Find Linked operation, for example a search
depth of one (1) will find just those entities that are linked one level away from the
selection. In the example chart below, a search depth of one has found that the
original selected chart item, KENT, is linked to a Meeting:

KENT

Attendee

Attendee Associates

Meeting DUPLEASE MELDREW

Attendee

Meeting

Attendee

Attendee Attendee

CORNEY Meeting Anonymous

Attendee

Alias
JOHNSON JONES

262 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

A search depth of two (2) will find just those entities that are linked two levels away
from the original selected chart item. In the example chart below, a search depth of
two has found that the original selected chart item, KENT, is linked to a Meeting
and DUPLEASE:

KENT

Attendee

Attendee Associates
Meeting DUPLEASE MELDREW

Attendee

Meeting

Attendee

Attendee Attendee

CORNEY Meeting Anonymous

Attendee

Alias

JOHNSON JONES

If you choose not to specify a search depth there is no limit to the depth of the
search being performed. All entities and links, regardless of the number of levels
from the original selected chart item, will be selected.

KENT

Attendee

Attendee Associates
Meeting DUPLEASE MELDREW

Attendee

Meeting

Attendee

Attendee Attendee

CORNEY Meeting Anonymous

Attendee

Alias

JOHNSON JONES

As with Find Path, you can also specify conditions when performing a Find Linked
operation, such as whether to follow link directions, or take account of dates and
times, links with attributes, or entities with attributes.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 263


Finding Linked Chart Items

How do I find further items linked to a chart item?

When you performed the Find Path operation between SMITHSON and DUKE it
revealed that a third male, WARD, may be related in some way to the investigation.
Find out if WARD is linked to any other people on the chart to see if he is a key
player in the investigation. To do this:
1. Click on the chart background to deselect any selected chart items, and select
WARD.
2. From the Analysis menu, select Find Linked, to display the Find Linked
dialog. Click Reset to make sure the Find Linked settings are set to their default
values.

3. You know the meetings that are directly linked to WARD but you also want to
know if he is linked to other people who may be two levels away from him on
the chart. In the Search Depth box, type 2.
4. Click OK to select the linked items.
5. When the message is displayed that eleven entities and eleven links have been
added, click OK.

264 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

The following entities are selected on the chart:


• WARD
• all entities that are linked two levels from WARD on the chart
• all links that are linked two levels from WARD on the chart

DOWN Meeting PRESCOTT


Boltby

Anonymous Meeting CASTE


Bedw orth

DUKE Meeting WARD Meeting TAYLOR


C hilv ille H ockley
C ompton

Meeting

SMITHSON Meeting SMITH


Whitford

GAMBLES Meeting JONES

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 265


Finding Linked Chart Items

How do I reverse the selection on a chart?

You want to concentrate on the relationships between WARD and the selected
people on the chart. The other items on this chart are distracting. Invert the
selection to select those items that are not currently selected and deselect the
items that are selected. To do this:
1. From the Edit menu, select Invert Selection.
2. All of the chart items that were selected are deselected and all of the chart
items that were not selected are now selected.

Warning: Do not click on the chart background as this will lose the selection.

How do I hide items from view?

When you have selected all of the chart items that you are not interested in, you
can hide them. When you hide chart items, they will not be displayed on the chart
and you will not be able to edit them or see them in the List Items dialog until you
choose to show them again. To hide the items that are selected on your chart:
1. From the View menu, select Show and Hide to display the Show and Hide
dialog.

2. Make sure that Selected is selected and click Hide.

266 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

3. The chart items that you are not interested in are hidden from view. Click the Fit
Chart in Window toolbar button to view the entire chart.

DOWN

Anonymous Meeting CASTE


Bedw orth

DUKE Meeting WARD Meeting TAYLOR


C hilv ille H ockley
C ompton

SMITHSON Meeting
Whitford

GAMBLES

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 267


Finding Linked Chart Items

How do I reveal hidden chart items?

The chart items remaining on your chart show that WARD appears to be a key
player in this investigation.

In the next part of this example you will see how you can use chart layouts to
rearrange chart items to confirm your suspicions about WARD and his associates.
Before you do this you will have to reveal the items that you have just hidden. To do
this, from the View menu, select Reveal Hidden.

All of the items that you chose to hide are displayed again. However, they retain
their hidden status. Although they are visible they remain hidden items until you
choose to explicitly show them again.

To explicitly show all of the items on your chart again:


1. From the View menu, select Show And Hide to display the Show And Hide
dialog.
2. In the Selection Type area, select All and click Show.

All of the chart items are displayed again. Your chart is now ready to use in the next
part of this example and should look similar to that below:

DOWN Meeting PRESCOTT Meeting BOSTON MELDREW


Boltby Knightly Tamford

Anonymous Meeting CASTE


Bedw orth
DUPLEASE DAVIS Meeting BRIGHTMAN
Brisley Wakeley

DUKE Meeting WARD Meeting TAYLOR


C hilv ille H ockley
C ompton Meeting JAMES Meeting
Tamford

Meeting FISK Meeting Anonymous


Boltby

SMITHSON Meeting SMITH


Whitford

SMITHSON Meeting Meeting JOHNSON


S taines

GAMBLES Meeting JONES

Anonymous BISHOP
Lake Worth

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

268 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

Laying out a Chart 9.6


When you are analyzing a chart it can often help to lay out the contents of the chart
in a different way. This can reveal groups of connecting entities and the
relationships between them, which may provide a different viewpoint.

The two most useful layouts to use when examining groups of entities and links on
a chart are:
• Grouped layout
• Peacock layout

We recommend that you try both layouts to see which reveals the most about the
data in your chart.

Grouped The Grouped layout rearranges your chart to reveal various different groupings of
layout interconnected entities, and the relationships between them. It is useful when you
have a chart that contains many linked entities. A Grouped layout allows you to
sort entities into different groups, enabling you to identify any entities that are
members of two or more groups.

The Grouped layout arranges the contents of your chart so that groups of
interlinking entities are displayed at the center of the chart and other groups “fan
out” from this central group.

The example below shows a chart that has been arranged using a Grouped layout:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 269


Laying out a Chart

Peacock The Peacock layout rearranges complex groups of connected entities on your
layout chart to attempt to highlight the basic overall structure of a network.

A Peacock layout groups sets of entities that are linked to one entity on the chart.
The entities that are linked to this single entity appear as “peacock tails” fanning
out from the entity. This can make it easier to see groups of activity on a chart.

The Peacock layout is useful when you have many interlinked entities. It allows you
to:
• identify entities at the center of a lot of activity in high volume data, typically
telephone billing information or financial transactions
• find further detail about activity within groups of interconnected entities

The example below shows the chart on page 269, rearranged using a Peacock
layout:

270 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

How do I layout my chart using a Grouped layout?

When you performed the Find Linked operation on WARD you found that he
appeared to be a key player in this investigation. You could also have used a layout
to change the way the chart was displayed to get the same result. Use a Grouped
layout to see if this shows you that WARD is a key player. To do this:
1. Click the Grouped Chart Layout toolbar button.
2. Click the Fit Chart in Window toolbar button to see the entire chart.

It appears that there may be up to three areas of activity on this chart. WARD,
however indirectly, appears to be connected to all three areas. TAYLOR and FISK
could also be related to these areas of activity.

BOSTON
Knightly

Meeting
JONES
Meeting

PRESCOTT
Boltby

Meeting
DUKE DOWN
SMITH
C ompton

GAMBLES

CASTE
Meeting Bedw orth

Meeting Meeting

WARD SMITHSON WARD


Anonymous
C hilv ille
Whitford

Meeting

TAYLOR TAYLOR
H ockley

Meeting

FISK
FISK
Boltby

Anonymous Meeting

BISHOP Meeting
Lake Worth Anonymous
Meeting Meeting
Meeting JAMES
DAVIS Tamford
Brisley MELDREW
Tamford

JOHNSON DUPLEASE

SMITHSON Meeting
Staines

BRIGHTMAN
Wakeley

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 271


Laying out a Chart

How do I rearrange my chart using a Peacock layout?

When you rearranged your chart using the Grouped layout it was apparent that
there could be up to three areas of activity on your chart all concerning three
individuals, WARD, FISK and TAYLOR. Confirm this by laying your chart out using
a Peacock layout. To do this:
1. Click the Peacock Chart Layout toolbar button.
2. Click the Fit Chart in Window toolbar button to see the entire chart.

Performing the Peacock layout has clarified the findings from the Grouped layout.
There are actually two areas of activity on this chart. Each of these areas are
linked to three key players: WARD, FISK and TAYLOR. If you wanted to, you could
now investigate them further.
BOSTON
Knightly

JONES

Meeting

SMITH PRESCOTT
Boltby

Meeting

CASTE Meeting
Bedw orth

GAMBLES
DOWN

DUKE
C ompton

Meeting

SMITHSON
Meeting Anonymous
Whitford
Meeting

WARD WARD
C hilv ille

Meeting

TAYLOR TAYLOR
H ockley

Meeting

FISK SMITHSON
S taines

Meeting
FISK
Boltby

Anonymous Anonymous

BISHOP
Lake Worth
Meeting

Meeting

Meeting DUPLEASE

JOHNSON

DAVIS
Brisley
JAMES
Tamford

Meeting

Meeting
MELDREW
Tamford

BRIGHTMAN
Wakeley

Save and close your chart.

272 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 9: Basic Searching

Summary 9.7
In this example you will have learned how to:
• find items based on the text they contain
• mark a selection with a selection set
• perform a simple search
• find a path between two entities on a chart
• find chart items that are linked to a selection
• show and hide information
• rearrange items on your chart using layouts

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 273


Summary

274 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


10
Searching Linked Entities

This example describes ways in which you can use the analysis tools to search the
contents of a chart.

Contents
Introduction 276
Searching for Entity and Link Types 278
Using Entity and Link Conditions in Visual Search 286
Intersecting and Deleting Selection Sets 292
Summary 296

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 275


Introduction

Introduction 10.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• searching for linked entities
• adding intermediate results to selection sets
• searching for entities and links by adding entity and link conditions
• intersecting and deleting selection sets

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 10 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
A chart has already been created for you containing transactions between bank
accounts. Some of these accounts are held by individuals and some are held by
organizations.

You believe that some of the individuals are receiving large amounts of money from
organizations.

Consider the following strategy to find the accounts receiving amounts greater than
10000 and their respective account holders:
• First of all, find all of the organizations on the chart that are account holders of
any account on the chart using Visual Search, marking the results of this
search with a selection set.
• Find all of the entity types that are in the Individuals palette who hold accounts
on the chart. Add the results of this search to a second selection set.
• Find all of the transactions between entities in the first selection set and entities
in the second selection set that are greater than 10000. Add the results of this
search to a third selection set.

276 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

• Extend the results of your search to find all account holders that are linked in
any way to transactions over 10000 and add them to the third selection set.
• Find all entities and links that are members of both the second and third
selection sets to highlight individuals and accounts that warrant further
investigation.
• Finally, create a new chart with the results of the searches and remove any
selection set attributes from it.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 277


Searching for Entity and Link Types

Searching for Entity and Link Types 10.2


In Chapter 9, Basic Searching you used Visual Search to find a single entity on a
chart. You can also search for entities that are linked to other entities to find the
entities and/or the links between them that match the conditions you specify.

Linked entities In the example chart below, Visual Search has found two entities: Bob JONES and
Mel MELDREW who are linked with an Associates link type.

Pentland Leasing

Registered Owner Associates Alias


478 TRL Bob JONES Mel MELDREW Margaret CASTE
20 Feb 1948 26 O ct 1960 26 Oct 1960

Money

Drugs
Money Drugs

Unknown male Jack DAVIDSON


6 Oct 1952

Visual Search can be used to find linked chart items on simple charts. To find
linked chart items in more complex charts you may have to perform several Visual
Search operations to find the chart items of interest.

278 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

How do I search for linked entities using Visual Search?

A chart has been created for you that shows bank accounts held by individuals and
organizations and transactions that have taken place between them. Find all of the
organizations on your chart that hold an account; you are not interested in any of
the transactions or links so do not select them. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 10 initial.anb. To access the folder in which
this chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut
in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Liz GREEN Dave LOCKE David YOUNG

640

17532 210
David GREEN 1058-4576 0012-3963 2359-6357 Judith LOCKE
912

200 600 200


1642-4551 Anne JONES

27000

Sam GOLDBURG 9706-3911 3217-1997 0023-1455 Tasha TAYLOR 5341-4723 Danny KENT

6666
24000 35000 200

William KNAPPENBURGER 2359-6356 4546-4646 Marc BAKER 4550-0021 Susan KENT

25200 30000 1080

80000
Janet TOTTIER 8553-3667 3995-6194 Mel MELDREW

90000

4989-7999 1079-7367 Sam STEELE

96000

100000

Arcacia Investments 4916-5428 5594-8715

Diamond Trading Kent CORNEY

2. Save this chart; from the File menu, select Save As. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 10 advanced searching.anb in the
File Name box and click Save.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 279


Searching for Entity and Link Types

3. From the Analysis menu, select Visual Search to display the Visual Search
dialog. Click the Linked Entities tab to display the Linked Entities page, if it is
not already displayed.
4. Click Reset to make sure the Visual Search settings are set to their default
values.

5. Click on the left question mark to select the first entity in your search, and from
the Type drop-down list, select (semantic type).
6. In the drop-down list next to the Type drop-down list, select is exactly, and
then click the Browse button to select the semantic type.

280 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

The Select Entity Semantic Type dialog is displayed:

7. In the Semantic Types list, click the plus sign next to Legal Entity, and then
select Organization. This selects the Organization semantic type. Click OK to
close the Select Entity Semantic Type dialog.
8. Click on the link between the two question marks to specify the conditions on it,
and from the Type drop-down list, select Account Holder.
9. You want to know which accounts are linked to organizations. Click on the right
question mark to select the second entity to search for, and from the Type
drop-down list select (semantic type).
10. From the drop-down list next to the Type drop-down list, select is exactly and
then click the Browse button to display the Select Entity Semantic Types
dialog.
11. In the Semantic Types list, click the plus sign next to Possession, and then the
plus sign next to Property, and then select Bank Account. Click OK to close
the Select Entity Semantic Type dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 281


Searching for Entity and Link Types

12. You are only interested in the Organizations and Accounts that are linked with
an Account Holder link; you are not interested in the links themselves. Turn off
the Link check box and make sure that the Entity A and Entity B check boxes
are turned on.

As you enter conditions the Visual Search dialog is updated so that you can
see the items on which the search will be performed.

13. Click OK to perform the search.


14. When you receive the message that four chart items have been selected, click
OK.

282 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

How do I add a selection to a selection set?

The four entities that have been found by Visual Search are selected on your chart.
These are:

Arcacia Investments

Diamond Trading

4989-7999

4916-5428

Add these selected entities to Selection Set 1. To do this:


1. Display the Selection Set toolbar, if it is not already displayed; right-click on the
toolbar and select Selection Sets:

2. Select 1 from the Choose Set drop-down list on the Selection Set toolbar.
3. Click the Define Set toolbar button.

The selected items are added to Selection Set 1. They are displayed with an
attribute to show that they are members of this selection set:

90000

4989-7999 1079-7367 Sam STEELE

96000

100000
Arcacia Investments 4916-5428 5594-8715

Diamond Trading Kent CORNEY

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 283


Searching for Entity and Link Types

How do I find entity types that are members of a palette?

You want to know which people hold which accounts on your chart. You do not
know what type of person is an account holder, you know only that all types of
person are held in the Individuals palette. Find all of the entity types in the
Individuals palette who are linked to accounts with an Account Holder link. To do
this:
1. Press the F5 key to open the Visual Search dialog. The Linked Entities page
should be displayed, as it was the last one used, but if it is not click the Linked
Entities tab to display it.
2. Click Reset to make sure the Visual Search settings are set to their default
values.
3. Click the left question mark and, from the Type drop-down list, select (is
member of).
4. From the Palette drop-down list, select Individuals to choose the Individuals
palette.
5. Click the link between the two question marks to specify the search conditions
on it, and from the Type drop-down list, select Account Holder.
6. You want to know which accounts are linked to people. Click on the right
question mark to select the second entity in your search, and from the Type
drop-down list, select Account.
7. Turn off the Link check box and make sure that the Entity A and Entity B
check boxes are turned on:

8. Click OK to perform the search.


9. When you receive the message that 31 chart items have been selected, click
OK.
10. The 31 items that have been found by Visual Search are selected on your
chart. With all 31 items still selected, add them to Selection Set 2. How to do
this is described on page 283; from the Choose Set drop-down list, make sure
that you select 2.

284 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

The selected items are displayed with an attribute to show that they are members
of this selection set:

Liz GREEN Dave LOCKE David YOUNG

640

17532 210
David GREEN 1058-4576 0012-3963 2359-6357 Judith LOCKE
912

600 200
200
1642-4551 Anne JONES

27000

Sam GOLDBURG 9706-3911 3217-1997 0023-1455 Tasha TAYLOR 5341-4723 Danny KENT

6666
200
24000 35000

William KNAPPENBURGER 2359-6356 4546-4646 Marc BAKER 4550-0021 Susan KENT

30000 1080
25200

80000
Janet TOTTIER 8553-3667 3995-6194 Mel MELDREW

90000
4989-7999 1079-7367 Sam STEELE

96000

100000

Arcacia Investments 4916-5428 5594-8715

Diamond Trading Kent CORNEY

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 285


Using Entity and Link Conditions in Visual Search

Using Entity and Link Conditions in Visual Search10.3


When you are using Visual Search to analyze your chart you can also choose to
specify conditions on chart items, for example the value on a link, or the direction
of a link.

For more information on Visual Search settings, refer to the online help.

In the example below, Visual Search has found all check transactions between
accounts that are greater than 500. It has selected just those transactions that flow
from the original account to the recipient.

Account

2500

200 500 75

Account Account Account Account

500 250
450
5000
250

300 1000 4000

Account Account Account Account Account

286 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

How do I add a condition to a link in Visual Search?

Now that you have found all of the organizations and individuals on the chart that
hold accounts, you are interested in any transactions that are greater than 10000
between any account held by any organization in Selection Set 1 and any account
held by a person in Selection Set 2. Perform a Visual Search that finds all of these
transactions. To do this:
1. Press the F5 key to display the Visual Search dialog.
2. Click Reset to make sure the Visual Search settings are set to their default
values.
3. You are interested in any transaction that originated from any account in
Selection Set 1. Click the left question mark and from the Attribute Class
drop-down list, select Selection Set 1.
4. Click on the link between the two question marks, and from the Type
drop-down list, select Transaction.
5. From the Direction drop-down list, select from A --> B.

6. From the Label/Connection drop-down list, select Link Label Value.


7. From the Condition drop-down list, select greater than and type 10000 in the
Value box.
The condition will be displayed in the Visual Search dialog:

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 287


Using Entity and Link Conditions in Visual Search

8. You want to know the accounts in Selection Set 2 into which large amounts of
money have been deposited. Click the right question mark, and from the
Attribute Class drop-down list, select Selection Set 2.

9. Click OK to perform the search.


10. Click OK to dismiss the message that 7 chart items have been selected.
11. The 7 items that have been found by Visual Search are selected on your chart.
With all 7 items still selected, add them to Selection Set 3. How to do this is
described on page 283; make sure that you select 3 from the Choose Set
drop-down list.

288 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

The selected items are displayed with an attribute to show that they are members
of Selection Set 3:

4546-4646 Marc BAKER 4550-0021

30000 1080

80000
8553-3667 3995-6194 Mel MELDREW

90000

4989-7999 1079-7367 Sam STEELE

96000

100000

Arcacia Investments 4916-5428 5594-8715

Diamond Trading Kent CORNEY

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 289


Using Entity and Link Conditions in Visual Search

How do I further extend the results of a search operation?

Selection Set 3 contains all of the accounts and transactions between them that
are greater than 10000. Extend this selection further by finding any account holder
that is linked to the account. To do this:
1. Make sure that Selection Set 3 is still selected on your chart.

Note: Press the 3 key to restore Selection Set 3 if it is not selected.

2. From the Analysis menu, select Find Linked to display the Find Items Linked
to Selection dialog. Click the General tab to display the General page if it is not
already displayed.
3. Click Reset to make sure that the Find Linked settings are set to their default
values.

4. In the Options area, make sure that the Search Depth check box is turned on
and that its value is set to 1.
5. Click OK to perform the operation.
6. Click OK to dismiss the message that 8 links and 8 entities have been selected.

290 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

7. Add all of the account holders to Selection Set 3. To do this:


a. In the Selection Set toolbar, click on the Choose Set drop-down list, and
select 3 to select Selection Set 3.
b. Click the Add to Set toolbar button. The items that were found as a result of
the Find Linked operation are added to Selection Set 3.

The selected items are displayed with an attribute to show that they are members
of Selection Set 3:
27000

9706-3911 3217-1997 0023-1455 Tasha TAYLOR

6666
200
24000 35000

2359-6356 4546-4646 Marc BAKER 4550-0021

30000 1080
25200

80000
8553-3667 3995-6194 Mel MELDREW

90000

4989-7999 1079-7367 Sam STEELE

96000

100000
Arcacia Investments 4916-5428 5594-8715

Diamond Trading Kent CORNEY

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 291


Intersecting and Deleting Selection Sets

Intersecting and Deleting Selection Sets 10.4


When you are analyzing a chart you may find that, as you add results to selection
sets, an item is present in more than one selection set. You can intersect selection
sets to find those items that are present in two selection sets.

In the example below, some of the chart items are in selection set 3 and some are
in selection set 4. There is one chart item (the car with license plate 474 TRL) that
is a member of selection set 3 and selection set 4. This item is in the intersection of
the two sets and is selected.

Package
Male 1 Unknown Male Oscar's Bar

289 LKH

Money

Owner Link Owner


Package

Associates Owner
SILVERSHADOW Mel MELDREW Kevin DUPLEASE 474 TRL

Employee Owner

Second Interstate Bank 23 Arcacia Avenue

Adding items to selection sets is a useful way of recording your search results as
you analyze a chart. When you have finished analyzing your chart you can remove
the selection sets.

How do I find the intersection of two selection sets?

You want to know which accounts in Selection Set 3 are also members of Selection
Set 2. This will find just those individuals and accounts that have received large
amounts of money from organizations. Find the intersection of the two sets. To do
this:
1. In the Selection Sets toolbar, from the Choose Set drop-down list, select 2 and
click the Select Set toolbar button to select Selection Set 2.

292 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

2. From the Choose Set drop-down list, select 3.


3. Click the Intersect selection with set toolbar button.
4. Eight items are selected on your chart. These are the people and the accounts
that have received transactions for more than 10000:

Marc BAKER

Sam STEELE

3217-1997

4546-4646

1079-7367

8553-3667

5594-8715

3995-6194
5. Press Ctrl+C to copy the selection.
6. Create a new chart based on the User Guide Examples template. Paste the
selection into this chart.

Note: When you copied the selection the Account Holder links that were
attached to the entities were also copied; these have been pasted into
your new chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 293


Intersecting and Deleting Selection Sets

Your new chart should look similar to that below:

3217-1997

35000

4546-4646 Marc BAKER

30000 1080

8553-3667 3995-6194

1079-7367 Sam STEELE

5594-8715

294 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 10: Searching Linked Entities

How do I clear a selection set?

When you were analyzing your chart you added the results of each search to
selection sets to record intermediate results, making it easy for you to restore the
selection. When you present this information in the new chart, you do not want the
selection set attributes to be visible. Clear each of the selection set attributes on
your chart. To do this:
1. From the Choose Set drop-down list, select 2, and click the Clear Set toolbar
button. Selection Set 2 is removed from your chart.
2. Clear the contents of Selection Set 3 in the same way.

Your chart should now look similar to that below (Example 10 finished.anb):

3217-1997

35000

4546-4646 Marc BAKER

30000 1080

8553-3667 3995-6194

1079-7367 Sam STEELE

5594-8715

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 295


Summary

Summary 10.5
In this example you will have learned how to:
• use Visual Search to find specific entity types
• select only part of a result of a visual search
• add entity and link conditions to a visual search, including link directions
• intersect and delete selection sets

296 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


11
Temporal Analysis

This example describes further ways in which you can use the analysis tools. It
also explains how you can use time-based layouts to display your chart.

Contents
Introduction 298
Performing Analysis Using Visual Search 299
Laying Out Your Chart 306
Creating Charts with Different Perspectives 316
Summary 318

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 297


Introduction

Introduction 11.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• searching for links within a date and time period
• laying out your chart using different temporal layout styles
• creating charts containing different perspectives

If you need any more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 11 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
Several charts have been created for you. The first chart contains all transactions
that have taken place between accounts. The second chart contains details
concerning calls between telephones.

Some of the transactions on your chart have a Money Transfer attribute. You are
not interested in any other transaction, so you will need to perform some analysis
on the first chart to remove the transactions that are not marked with a Money
Transfer attribute.

You believe that the time period between 12 November 2006 and
24 December 2006 is significant and that there may be a link between the
telephone calls that take place during this period and some of the money transfers.

You need to analyze the second chart and find just those telephone calls that have
taken place during this period of time. To see if any pattern emerges you will copy
these telephone calls into the first chart. Using layout tools you will be able to see
more clearly which (if any) telephone calls and money transfers are related.

In addition to this, you will need to merge the contents of a third chart into your
chart, to show associations between some of the accounts and the telephone
calls.

298 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

Performing Analysis Using Visual Search 11.2


In Chapter 10, Searching Linked Entities, you used Visual Search to find entities
and links on your chart that had no date and time. You can also use Visual Search
to find chart items that have a date and time by setting the appropriate date and
time conditions.

How do I search a chart for items with a particular attribute?

A chart already exists containing transactions between bank accounts. You are
only interested in the transactions that have a value for the Money Transfer
attribute class. Find all of the transactions on this chart that have a value for this
attribute class. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 11 financial.anb. To access the folder in which
this chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut
in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.
Sunday 12th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--5th December 2006 5--10th December 2006 10--20th December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006
4:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 07:40 07:55 08:00 08:04 15th 18th 10:20 20th 22nd 24th 10:00 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 12:00 15:00 17:00 27th 12:00 15:00 28th 29th 12:00 15:10 16:00 30th 12:00 1st 09:00 10:00 10:30 2nd 3rd 09:11 09:14 09:20 09:30 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 11:00 12:00 10th 12:00 11th 12th 15th 20th 22nd 24th 12:40 12:50 13:00 13:10 14:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 18500 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 07 Dec 2006 17:35 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YES Y ES YE S

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
Y ES

20000 10000 18500 18250 20000 20000 17750


25 Nov 2006 10:00 27 Nov 2006 12:44
27 Nov 2006 17:32 29 Nov 2006 14:57 09 Dec 2006 10:10 11 Dec 2006 10:10 24 Dec 2006 12:44
YE S

20000 3400
5104-2037 26 Nov 2006 18:08 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YE S
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 13000 10000 15500 15500 13000 13000 15000 16000
12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Nov 2006 12:00 26 Nov 2006 09:15 30 Nov 2006 09:15 01 Dec 2006 10:04 09 Dec 2006 12:00 12 Dec 2006 12:00
20 Dec 2006 16:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YE S YES YES

20000 15000 18000 18000 15000 20000


2359-6357 23 Nov 2006 10:37
24 Nov 2006 09:30 26 Nov 2006 14:27 29 Nov 2006 15:37 01 Dec 2006 09:00 01 Dec 2006 10:37
TownCorp UK

17000 15000 11250 15000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 29 Nov 2006 05:44 03 Dec 2006 09:37
06 Dec 2006 05:44 10 Dec 2006 11:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YES YE S YES

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

2. The Find toolbar contains buttons associated with finding chart items. If it is not
already displayed, right-click in the toolbar and select Find to display the Find
toolbar.

3. Click the Visual Search toolbar button to display the Visual Search dialog, then
click the Linked Entities tab to display the Linked Entities page, if it is not
already displayed.
4. Click Reset to make sure that the Visual Search settings are set to their default
values.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 299


Performing Analysis Using Visual Search

5. Click on the link between the two question marks. The Visual Search dialog
changes to display the options relating to links:

6. You are only interested in those transactions that have a Money Transfer
attribute. From the Attribute Class drop-down list, select Money Transfer.

300 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

7. The Money Transfer attribute class is of type Flag. The Condition drop-down
list contains all of the conditions associated with this type of attribute class.
Select is present from this drop-down list.
The condition that Visual Search will use to find items on the chart is displayed
in the center of the Visual Search dialog, below the link.

8. You want to select all of the entities and links on your chart. In the Apply To
area, make sure that the check boxes Entity A, Entity B, and Link are all
turned on.

9. Click OK to perform the search.


10. When you receive the message that Visual Search has selected 17 items on
your chart, click OK.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 301


Performing Analysis Using Visual Search

The 17 items that Visual Search has found are selected on your chart:

Sunday 12th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--5th December 2006 5--10th December 2006 10--20th December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006
4:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 07:40 07:55 08:00 08:04 15th 18th 10:20 20th 22nd 24th 10:00 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 12:00 15:00 17:00 27th 12:00 15:00 28th 29th 12:00 15:10 16:00 30th 12:00 1st 09:00 10:00 10:30 2nd 3rd 09:11 09:14 09:20 09:30 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 11:00 12:00 10th 12:00 11th 12th 15th 20th 22nd 24th 12:40 12:50 13:00 13:10 14:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 18500 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 07 Dec 2006 17:35 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YE S YE S YE S

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YE S

20000 10000 18500 18250 20000 20000 17750


25 Nov 2006 10:00 27 Nov 2006 12:44
27 Nov 2006 17:32 29 Nov 2006 14:57 09 Dec 2006 10:10 11 Dec 2006 10:10 24 Dec 2006 12:44
YE S

20000 3400
5104-2037 26 Nov 2006 18:08 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YE S
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 13000 10000 15500 15500 13000 13000 15000 16000
12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Nov 2006 12:00 26 Nov 2006 09:15 30 Nov 2006 09:15 01 Dec 2006 10:04 09 Dec 2006 12:00 12 Dec 2006 12:00
20 Dec 2006 16:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YE S YES YE S

20000 15000 18000 18000 15000 20000


2359-6357 23 Nov 2006 10:37
24 Nov 2006 09:30 26 Nov 2006 14:27 29 Nov 2006 15:37 01 Dec 2006 09:00 01 Dec 2006 10:37
TownCorp UK

17000 15000 11250 15000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 29 Nov 2006 05:44 03 Dec 2006 09:37
06 Dec 2006 05:44 10 Dec 2006 11:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YE S YE S YE S

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

How do I delete the unselected items?

Visual Search has selected all the transactions that have values for the Money
Transfer attribute class. It has also selected the accounts at each end of the
transactions. You are not interested in any other transactions on the chart so you
can delete them. To do this, simply invert the selection on the chart so that the
items not selected become selected and vice versa. Select all of the transactions
on the chart and delete them. To do this:
1. From the Edit menu, select Invert Selection. This deselects all of the Money
Transfer transactions and selects all of the items that were not found by the
search.
2. Press the Delete key to remove them from the chart.

302 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

Your chart will now look similar to that below:


Sunday 12th November 2006 15--20th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--5th December 2006 5--10th December 2006 10--15th December 2006 15--20th December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006
4:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 07:40 07:55 08:00 08:04 15th 18th 10:20 12:00 20th 12:00 21st 12:00 22nd 12:00 23rd 12:00 24th 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 12:00 27th 12:00 28th 12:00 29th 12:00 30th 12:00 1st 12:00 2nd 12:00 3rd 09:00 09:13 09:20 09:30 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 12:30 12:40 12:50 13:00 13:10 14:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YE S YE S YE S

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YE S

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
YE S

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YE S
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YE S YES YE S

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YE S YE S YE S

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

3. From the File menu, select Save As to save the chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 11 Money Transfers Only.anb in
the File Name box and click Save.

Do not close this chart as you will be analyzing it further in the next part of this
example.

How do I find happenings that took place during a period of time?

You have received a second chart containing telephone calls. You think that there
may be a connection between the dates and times of the money transfers and the
dates and times of the telephone calls. Find all of the telephone calls that took
place between 12 November 2006, and 24 December 2006, and add this
information to your Money Transfers Only chart. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 11 telephone.anb.
Saturday 11th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 20--30th November 2006 1--10th December 2006 20--25th December 2006 Mond
08:00 09:00 10:00 10:20 11:00 11:30 12:00 00:00 08:30 12:00 13:00 00:00 15th 19th 20th 09:00 25th 06:00 27th 06:00 29th 30th 07:40 12:00 1st 2nd 16:00 4th 10th 19:00 20:30 21:00 22:00 00:00 01:20 02:00

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call


Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
11 Nov 2006 09:33 11 Nov 200611
10:30
Nov 2006 11:31 12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 26 Nov 2006 09:07 03 Dec 2006 17:23 24 Dec 2006 20:00

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

Telephone Call
Telephone Call
Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
Call
Telephone
Telephone
Call Call
Call DivertedTelephone
to Call Telephone
Diverted
Call to Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted toTelephone
Telephone
Call Call Telephone
Telephone
Call Call Telephone Call
11 Nov 2006 11
09:39
Nov 200611
10:24
Nov 2006 11:20
11 Nov 2006
12 Nov
12:00
12122006
Nov
Nov2006
06:01
200608:01
08:09
12 Nov 2006
12 Nov
12:20
2006 12:58 15 Nov192006
Nov 00:01
2006 12:20 30 Nov 2006 07:39 01 Dec 2006 11:15
03 Dec 20060417:23
Dec
242006
Dec 2006
12:0918:30
24 Dec 2006
24 Dec
20:30
2006 21:00 25 Dec 2006 01:05

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07787 563 412 24 Nov 2006 07:36
25 Nov 2006 11:4728 Nov 2006 00:45 30 Nov 2006 16:56
03 Dec 2006 15:28
N/K

Telephone
Telephone
Call Call Telephone
Telephone
Call CallTelephone
Telephone
Call
Telephone
Call Telephone
Call Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
Telephone
Call CallCall
14 Nov 2006
16 Nov
23:24
2006 01:55 24 Nov 24
2006
Nov09:04
2006 17:03
26 Nov27 2006
Nov 2006
28
11:44
Nov
23:49
2006
29 Nov
06:452006 18:18
30 Nov 2006 0108:18
Dec 2006 09:30 24 Dec
242006
25
DecDec
2006
22:37
2006
23:02
00:06

Telephone Telephone
Call Telephone
Call Call
TelephoneTelephone
Call CallTelephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 11 Nov 2006
1110:01
Nov 11
2006
Nov10:27
200611
11:01
Nov 2006
11 Nov
11:442006 12:13
12 Nov 2006 08:34
12 Nov 2006 12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 30 Nov 2006 07:40 03 Dec 2006 15:3024 Dec 2006 16:53
KENT

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
Call Call
11 Nov 2006 09:00
11 Nov 2006 10:03 12 Nov 2006 08:57 12 Nov 2006 13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 28 Nov 2006 16:28 03 Dec 2006 18:01
24 Dec 2006 19:15 24 Dec
242006
Dec 2006
21:2022:00

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

2. Press the F5 key to display the Visual Search dialog and click the Linked
Entities tab to display the Linked Entities page, if it is not already displayed.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 303


Performing Analysis Using Visual Search

3. Click Reset to make sure that the Visual Search settings are set to their default
values.
4. Click on the link between the two question marks to select it.
5. From the Date & Time drop-down list, select Date.
6. You are interested in a particular time period during which the telephone calls
took place. From the Condition drop-down list, select between.
7. In the top drop-down list enter 12 Nov 2006 as the start date. In the bottom
drop-down list enter 24 Dec 2006 as the end date for the time period.
The condition that Visual Search will use to find items on the chart is displayed
in the center of the Visual Search dialog, on the link.

8. You want to select all of the entities and links on your chart. In the Apply To
area, make sure that the check boxes Entity A, Entity B, and Link, are turned
on.

9. Click OK to perform the search.

304 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

10. When you receive the message that Visual Search has selected 55 items on
your chart, click OK.
11. The 55 items that Visual Search has found are selected on your chart. From
the Edit menu, select Copy Selection Only, to copy just those telephone calls
that took place during the time period and the telephone numbers at each end.

Note: If you had simply copied the selected chart items, all of the items and
their associated links and entities would have been selected. The Copy
Selection Only command copies only those items that are selected on
the chart.

12. Make the Money Transfers Only chart the active chart.
13. Press Ctrl+V to paste the telephone calls from the chart Example 11
telephone.anb into your current chart (Money Transfers Only.anb).

Note: If the telephone call items are pasted on top of the existing chart items,
move them so that you can clearly see all of the chart items. With the
pasted items still selected, click on one of the items and, while holding
down the left mouse button, drag them below the existing items in the
chart. Release the left mouse button.

Your chart should now look similar to that below:


Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 19th November 2006 20--30th November 2006 Friday 1st December 2006 Saturday 2nd December 2006 Sunday 3rd December 2006 10--20th December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006
00:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:50 07:55 08:00 08:05 08:08 08:30 12:00 13:00 13th 15th 17th 18th 06:00 10:20 12:00 12:22 12:24 00:00 09:00 25th 06:00 27th 06:00 29th 30th 09:00 00:00 12:00 15:00 18:00 21:00 00:00 03:00 06:00 09:00 12:00 15:00 18:00 21:00 00:00 03:00 06:00 09:00 09:13 09:20 09:30 12:00 15:29 16:00 00:00 5th 6th 7th 8th 10th 12th 15th 17th 20th 22nd 24th 12:30 12:40 12:50 13:00 13:30 15:00 18:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:10 00:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YE S YE S YES

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YES

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
Y ES

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YES
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
Y ES YES YE S

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YE S Y ES YES

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 26 Nov 2006 09:07 03 Dec 2006 17:23 24 Dec 2006 20:00

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call DivertedTelephone


to Call Telephone Call Diverted to Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted toTelephone Call Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
Call Call
12 Nov 2006 06:01 12 Nov 2006 08:01 12 Nov 2006 08:09 12 Nov 2006
12 Nov
12:20
2006 12:58 15 Nov 2006 00:01 19 Nov 2006 12:20 30 Nov 2006 07:39 01 Dec 2006 11:15 03 Dec 200604
17:23
Dec 2006 12:09 24 Dec 2006 18:30
24 Dec 2006
24 Dec
20:30
2006 21:00

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07787 563 412 24 Nov 2006 07:36
25 Nov 2006 11:4728 Nov 2006 00:45 30 Nov 2006 16:56 03 Dec 2006 15:28
N/K

Telephone
Telephone
Call Call Telephone
Telephone
Call CallTelephone
Telephone
Call
Telephone
Call Telephone
Call Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
Call Call
14 Nov 2006
16 Nov
23:24
2006 01:55 24 Nov 24
2006
Nov09:04
2006 17:03
26 Nov 27 2006
Nov 2006
28
11:44
Nov
23:49
2006
29 Nov
06:452006 18:18
30 Nov 2006 0108:18
Dec 2006 09:30 24 Dec
242006
Dec 2006
22:3723:02

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 12 Nov 2006 08:34
12 Nov 2006 12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 30 Nov 2006 07:40 03 Dec 2006 15:30 24 Dec 2006 16:53
KENT

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
Call Call
12 Nov 2006 08:57 12 Nov 2006 13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 28 Nov 2006 16:28 03 Dec 2006 18:01 24 Dec 2006 19:15 24 Dec
242006
Dec 2006
21:2022:00

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

14. From the File menu, select Save As, to save the chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 11 Combined Calls and
Transfers.anb in the File Name box and click Save.
Do not close this chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 305


Laying Out Your Chart

Laying Out Your Chart 11.3


Analyst’s Notebook has a range of chart layouts that allow you to display the
time-based, or temporal, aspects of your information.

These temporal layouts are as follows:


• Grouped By Time
Items that occur at similar times are displayed close together.
• Ordered
Spaces out all the items on your chart evenly.
• Proportional
Maintains a uniform distance in accordance with time intervals.

Note: In addition to the temporal layouts listed above, there are other layouts which allow
you to display items on your chart without taking temporal aspects into account.
For further information on all of the layouts, refer to the online help.

Grouped By The Grouped By Time layout arranges items from left to right across your chart in
Time layout groups. Any happenings with similar dates and times are displayed close together.
Consecutive controlling items (those with date and time, and order) are separated
by a short distance if the time difference is within the specified limit, and a longer
distance otherwise.

The Grouped By Time layout is useful for:


• high volume imported data with dates and times, for example, to find bursts of
activity in telephone or financial data
• reducing the width of a chart where items have been laid out proportionally and
do not fit in the chart window

Note: Your chart must have at least two controlling items on it to apply a Grouped By
Time layout.

In the example below, periods of high activity telephone calls that occur within half
an hour of each other have been grouped:

Telephone 1
01 Jan 2006 03:00 01 Jan 2006 05:15 01 Jan 2006 07:00

01 Jan 2006 04:00 01 Jan 2006 05:30 01 Jan 2006 07:03

01 Jan 2006 04:30 01 Jan 2006 06:05 01 Jan 2006 06:00

01 Jan 2006 05:00 01 Jan 2006 06:30 01 Jan 2006 06:01

Telephone 2

306 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

Ordered layout The Ordered layout evenly spaces out all of the items on your chart from left to
right. This layout operates on all chart items, whether or not they are controlling.

The Ordered layout is useful when:


• you have imported a volume of data and need to apply an initial layout
• analyzing high volumes of data, particularly that with date and time
• presenting and printing

Ordered layouts almost always take up less room left to right on a chart than
Grouped By Time or Proportional layouts.

When you apply an Ordered layout the distance between adjacent items is fixed; it
does not take into account the date and time of items. The resulting chart,
therefore, will be displayed non-proportionally.

In the example below, items that are an hour apart have the same gap between
them as items that are a day or a month apart. The flow of time is adjusted while
the distance between items remains constant.

Telephone 1
01 Jan 2006 03:00 01 Jan 2006 05:15 01 Jan 2006 07:00

01 Jan 2006 04:00 01 Jan 2006 05:30 01 Jan 2006 07:03

01 Jan 2006 04:30 01 Jan 2006 06:05 01 Jan 2006 06:00

01 Jan 2006 05:00 01 Jan 2006 06:30 01 Jan 2006 06:01

Telephone 2

Proportional The Proportional layout lays out items on the chart with a uniform distance for time
layout intervals. Items with date and time are spaced apart exactly as they are in relation
to each other in time.

The Proportional layout is most useful:


• for visualizing busy and slack periods and contrasting their relative durations
• when you have a chart with a sequence of happenings
It displays an accurate representation of when items occur in relation to each
other. This can help you see how happenings occur in real time, but it can
result in very wide charts with items spaced far apart.
• when importing data, for example telephone data
• provide an initial view of how the data is structured, before applying other
layouts

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 307


Laying Out Your Chart

• to fit all the items on your chart into a defined width, whether or not they are
controlling

Note: The appearance of your chart after you have applied a Proportional layout will
depend on the data in your chart, and the time gaps between items.

In the example below, items ten minutes apart are separated by a gap twice the
size of that for items five minutes apart:

Telephone 1
01 Jan 2006 03:00 01 Jan 2006 05:15 01 Jan 2006 07:00

01 Jan 2006 04:00 01 Jan 2006 05:30 01 Jan 2006 07:03

01 Jan 2006 04:30 01 Jan 2006 06:05 01 Jan 2006 06:00

01 Jan 2006 05:00 01 Jan 2006 06:30 01 Jan 2006 06:01

Telephone 2

How do I lay out items evenly across a chart?

You have created a combined chart containing both telephone calls and money
transfer transactions. You want to be able to see the labels on all the links easily.
One way to do this is to space the happenings evenly across the chart using an
Ordered layout. To do this:
1. Click the Layout Setup toolbar button. The Setup Layouts dialog is displayed.
Select Ordered to display the Ordered page:

308 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

2. The time period you are interested in is between 12 November 2006 and 24
December 2006. In the Apply To area, select Specified Period. In the From
drop-down list, set the date and time to be 12 Nov 2006. In the To drop-down
list, set the date and time to be 24 Dec 2006.
3. In the Separate Items By box enter 0.8 inches (2 centimeters).
4. Click OK to close the Setup Layouts dialog.
5. Click the Ordered Chart Layout toolbar button.
The items on the chart that fall within the specified time period are rearranged
so that they are evenly spaced.
Your chart should now look similar to that below:
Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 19th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1st December 2006 Sunday 3rd December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006 Sunday 24th December 2006
00:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 07:50 07:55 08:00 08:02 08:05 08:10 08:30 08:45 09:00 10:00 11:00 12:00 12:22 12:30 13:00 00:00 12:00 23:40 15th 16th 18th 10:20 11:00 12:00 12:21 12:23 12:30 00:00 23rd 08:00 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 10:00 27th 28th 01:00 06:00 12:00 29th 30th 07:00 07:39:40 08:00 12:00 00:00 09:00 10:30 00:00 00:00 09:12 09:15 09:30 12:00 15:10 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 17:50 00:00 10th 20th 12:30 12:45 12:50 13:00 15:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 22:30 23:00 00:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YE S YE S YE S

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YE S

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
YE S

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YE S
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YE S YE S YE S

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YE S YE S YE S

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 26 Nov 2006 09:07 03 Dec 2006 17:23 24 Dec 2006 20:00

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted to Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted to Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted to Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 06:01 12 Nov 2006 08:01 12 Nov 2006 08:09 12 Nov 2006 12:20 12 Nov 2006 12:58 15 Nov 2006 00:01 19 Nov 2006 12:20 30 Nov 2006 07:39 01 Dec 2006 11:15 03 Dec 2006 17:23 04 Dec 2006 12:09 24 Dec 2006 18:30 24 Dec 2006 20:30
24 Dec 2006 21:00

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07787 563 412 24 Nov 2006 07:36 25 Nov 2006 11:47 28 Nov 2006 00:45 30 Nov 2006 16:56 03 Dec 2006 15:28
N/K

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call


Telephone Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call
14 Nov 2006 23:24 16 Nov 2006 01:55 24 Nov 2006 24
09:04
Nov 2006 17:03 26 Nov 2006 27
11:44
Nov 2006 23:49 28 Nov 2006 06:45 29 Nov 2006 18:18 30 Nov 2006 08:18 01 Dec 2006 09:30 24 Dec 2006 22:37
24 Dec 2006 23:02

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 12 Nov 2006 08:34 12 Nov 2006 12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 30 Nov 2006 07:40 03 Dec 2006 15:30 24 Dec 2006 16:53
KENT

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 08:57 12 Nov 2006 13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 28 Nov 2006 16:28 03 Dec 2006 18:01 24 Dec 2006 19:15 24 Dec 2006 21:20
24 Dec 2006 22:00

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

From the File menu, select Save As, to save the chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to save
your charts in. Type Example 11 Ordered.anb in the File Name box and click
Save.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 309


Laying Out Your Chart

How do I lay out items proportionally across a chart?

A proportional layout will show items with date and time spaced apart exactly as
they are in relation to each other in time. To do this:
1. Click the Layout Setup toolbar button. The Setup Layouts dialog is displayed.
Select Proportional to display the Proportional page:

2. In the Apply To area make sure that Entire Chart is selected.


3. The time period that you are interested in covers more than a month. It would
be more sensible to lay out the items on this chart so that they are separated by
the days. In the Width area, select Specify Timescale and, from the
drop-down list, select Days.
4. Click OK to close the Setup Layouts dialog.
5. Click the Proportional Chart Layout toolbar button to apply a proportional
layout.

The items on the chart are rearranged so that they are proportionally spaced
across the chart.

310 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

Your chart should now look similar to the chart below. It shows that there are some
busy periods on the chart when lots of telephone calls are made after some
transactions, in addition to some quiet periods when very little activity took place:

nday 12th November 2006 15--20th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--5th December 2006 5--10th December 2006 10--15th December 2006 15--20th December 2006 20--25th December 2006
03:00 04:00 05:00 05:40 12:00 13th 12:00 14th 12:00 15th 12:00 16th 12:00 17th 12:00 18th 12:00 19th 12:00 20th 12:00 21st 12:00 22nd 12:00 23rd 12:00 24th 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 12:00 27th 12:00 28th 12:00 29th 12:00 30th 12:00 1st 12:00 2nd 12:00 3rd 12:00 4th 12:00 5th 12:00 6th 12:00 7th 12:00 8th 12:00 9th 12:00 10th 12:00 11th 12:00 12th 12:00 13th 12:00 14th 12:00 15th 12:00 16th 12:00 17th 12:00 18th 12:00 19th 12:00 20th 12:00 21st 12:00 22nd 12:00 23rd 12:00 24th 12:00 23:10 00:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YE S YE S Y ES

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YE S

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
YE S

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YE S
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YE S YE S YE S

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YE S YE S YE S

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 26 Nov 2006 09:07 03 Dec 2006 17:23 24 Dec 2006 20:00

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

Telephone
Telephone
Telephone
Diverted
Call
Call
toCall Telephone Call Diverted to Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted Telephone
to Call Telephone
Telephone
TelephoneCall
Call
Call
12
12Nov
12
12
NovNov
Nov
2006
2006
2006
2006
06:01
08:01
08:09
12:20
12:58 15 Nov 2006 00:01 19 Nov 2006 12:20 30 Nov 2006 07:39
01 Dec 2006 11:15 03 Dec 2006
04 17:23
Dec 2006 12:09 24
24
24Dec
Dec
Dec2006
2006
200618:30
20:30
21:00

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07787 563 412 24 Nov 2006 07:36
25 Nov 2006 11:47 28 Nov 2006 00:45 30 Nov 2006 16:56 03 Dec 2006 15:28
N/K

Telephone CallTelephone Call Telephone


Telephone
Call Call Telephone Call Telephone
Telephone
CallCall Telephone
Telephone
Call CallTelephone Call Telephone
Telephone Call
14 Nov 2006 23:24
16 Nov 2006 01:55 24 Nov
24 Nov
20062006
09:0417:03 26 Nov 2006 11:44 27 Nov
28 Nov
20062006
23:49
06:45 29 Nov 30
2006
Nov
18:18
2006 08:18
01 Dec 2006 09:30 24 Dec 2006
2006 22:37
23:02

Telephone
Telephone
Call
Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 1212
Nov
Nov
2006
2006
08:34
12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 30 Nov 2006 07:40 03 Dec 2006 15:30 24 Dec 2006 16:53
KENT

Telephone
Telephone
Call
Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone
TelephoneCall
Call
Call
1212
Nov
Nov
2006
2006
08:57
13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 28 Nov 2006 16:28 03 Dec 2006 18:01 24
24
24Dec
Dec
Dec2006
200619:15
21:20
22:00

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

From the File menu, select Save As, to save the chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to save
your charts in. Type Example 11 Proportional.anb in the File Name box and
click Save.
Do not close this chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 311


Laying Out Your Chart

How do I group happenings that took place at similar times?

You have laid out your chart using Ordered and Proportional layouts; you now want
to display happenings that took place at times that are close together. To do this:
1. Click the Layout Setup toolbar button. The Setup Layouts dialog is displayed.
Select Grouped By Time to display the Grouped By Time page:

2. In the Apply To area make sure that Entire Chart is selected.


3. In the Groups area:
a. Set the Group Items Within to be 1.00 Days.
b. Specify by how much you want to separate chart items that are within
groups of activity by setting Separate Items By to be 0.2 inches (0.5
centimeters).
c. Specify by how much you want to separate groups of activity on the chart
by setting Separate Groups By to be 2.0 inches (5 centimeters).
4. Click OK to close the Setup Layouts dialog.
5. Click the Grouped By Time Chart Layout toolbar button to apply the Grouped
by Time layout.

312 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

Your chart will now look similar to that below. All of the happenings that took place
close to each other in time are displayed in groups:

Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 15--20th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--10th December 2006 20--25th December 2006
04:00 05:00 06:00 08:00 09:00 10:30 12:00 13:00 13th 12:00 14th 12:00 15th 06:00 12:00 18:00 16th 17th 18th 19th 12:00 20th 21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th 12:00 27th 12:00 28th 12:00 29th 06:00 12:00 30th 08:00 1st 12:00 2nd 12:00 3rd 09:00 12:00 16:00 17:00 5th 10th 15th 20th 24th 13:00 18:00 21:00 23:00 00:00

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YES YE S Y ES

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YE S

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
Y ES

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YES
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YES Y ES YE S

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YES YES YE S

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 26 Nov 2006 09:07 03 Dec 2006 17:23 24 Dec 2006 20:00

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

TelephoneTelephone
Call Telephone
Call Call Diverted
Telephone
to Call Telephone Call Diverted to Telephone Call Telephone Call Diverted
Telephone
to Call TelephoneTelephone
Call
Telephone
CallCall
12 Nov 2006
12 Nov
06:01
12
2006
Nov08:01
2006 08:09 12 Nov122006
Nov12:20
2006 12:58 15 Nov 2006 00:01 19 Nov 2006 12:20 30 Nov 2006 07:39
01 Dec 2006 11:15 03 Dec04
2006
Dec17:23
2006 12:09 24 Dec 2006
24 Dec
18:30
24 Dec
2006
2006
20:30
21:00

TelephoneTelephone
Call Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07787 563 412 24 Nov 2006
25 Nov
07:362006 11:47 28 Nov 2006 00:45 30 Nov 2006 16:56 03 Dec 2006 15:28
N/K

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone


Telephone
Call
Telephone
Call Call Telephone
Telephone
Call Call TelephoneTelephone
Call Telephone
Call Call Telephone
Telephone
CallCall
14 Nov 2006 23:24 16 Nov 2006 01:55 24 Nov
24 Nov
2006
2006
26
09:04
Nov
17:032006 11:44 27 Nov28
2006
Nov23:49
2006 06:45 29 Nov 2006
30 Nov
18:18
01
2006
Dec08:18
2006 09:30 24 Dec
24 Dec
2006
2006
22:37
23:02

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 12 Nov 2006 08:34 12 Nov 2006 12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 30 Nov 2006 07:40 03 Dec 2006 15:30 24 Dec 2006 16:53
KENT

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 08:57 12 Nov 2006 13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 28 Nov 2006 16:28 03 Dec 2006 18:01 24 Dec 2006 19:15
24 Dec 2006 22:00
21:20

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

From the File menu, select Save As, to save the chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to save
your charts in. Type Example 11 Grouped by time.anb in the File Name box
and click Save.

Do not close this chart.


.

Visually inspecting a chart and assigning attributes

You can see that some of the telephone calls appear in the same groups as the
transactions; these are the calls taking place just after each financial transaction.
This may be significant and you decide to assign a Money Transfer attribute to the
calls that appear to be associated with the financial transactions, and then delete
links that do not appear to be associated. To do this:
1. Select the telephone calls that appear to be in the same group as a series of
financial transactions.
2. With all of the links selected, right-click on one of them and, from the shortcut
menu, select Combined Properties to display the Combined Properties
dialog.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 313


Laying Out Your Chart

3. Select Attributes\Instances to display the Attribute Instances page:

4. Click Add and add a Money Transfer attribute to each of the telephone calls.
5. Click OK to close the Edit Chart Items dialog.
6. Use Visual Search to find all of the links that do not have a Money Transfer
attribute and delete them from the chart.

Note: For information on how to do this, refer to How do I search a chart for
items with a particular attribute? on page 299.

314 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

Your chart should now look similar to that below:


Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 15--20th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--10th December 2006 Sunday 24th De
05:00 06:00 07:00 07:40 08:00 09:00 10:30 12:00 13:00 13th 12:00 14th 12:00 15th 12:00 16th 12:00 17th 12:00 18th 12:00 19th 12:00 20th 12:00 21st 12:00 22nd 23rd 12:00 24th 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 12:00 27th 12:00 28th 12:00 29th 12:00 30th 12:00 1st 12:00 2nd 12:00 3rd 12:00 16:00 17:00 5th 10th 15th 20th 24th 13:00 18:00 20:00 2

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YES Y ES Y ES

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
Y ES

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
YES

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YE S
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YES Y ES YE S

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
YES Y ES YES

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call


12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 03 Dec 2006 17:23
YE S YES YES

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

Telephone
Telephone
Call Call Diverted
Telephone
to Call Diverted to Diverted
Telephone
to Call Telephone Call
12 Nov12
2006
Nov08:01
2006 08:09 12 Nov12
2006
Nov12:20
2006 12:58 19 Nov 2006 12:20 03 Dec04
2006
Dec17:23
2006 12:09 24 Dec 2006 18:30
YE S YE S YE S YE S YES YES YES YES

Telephone Call
07787 563 412 03 Dec 2006 15:28
YE S
N/K

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 12 Nov 2006 08:34 12 Nov 2006 12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 03 Dec 2006 15:30 24 Dec 2006 16:53
YES YES YE S Y ES YE S
KENT

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 08:57 12 Nov 2006 13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 03 Dec 2006 18:01 24 Dec 2006 19:15
YE S Y ES YES YE S YE S

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

From the File menu, select Save As, to save the chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to save
your charts in. Type Example 11 Linked Transactions.anb in the File
Name box and click Save.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 315


Creating Charts with Different Perspectives

Creating Charts with Different Perspectives 11.4


You can have both a timeline portion and an association portion on the same
chart. This is particularly useful when you want to add additional information to a
timeline chart concerning the subjects of theme lines. For example you may want
to show the full details of telephone calls between a set of subscribers, and on the
same chart, present what you know about the associations between those
subscribers.

How do I combine a timeline and an association chart?

You have received further information about some of the accounts and telephone
numbers on the chart showing their associations. Add this information to your
current chart. To do this:
1. Open the chart Example 11 association.anb.
Used in station to
call his supplier
FARMER 02073 871 117
Heroin

Associates Director
Marc BAKER 07786 162 534
Arcacia Investments

Believed to crew on vessel


MOONSHADOW Steve WRIGHT 5 Silver Street
White D utch Crownsville
UK

Owner

Associates
Courier on motorcycle
Speedboat Motorcycle 643 098 5784
2*9WF* SMITHSON

Associates

Associates

Address Account Holder


Sam STEELE Danny KENT 2359-6357
TownCorp UK

Same person
Mr STEELE
British

Brothers-in-law Account Holder


Paul SHARP 7811-2371

Account Holder

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

316 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 11: Temporal Analysis

2. From the Edit menu, select Copy Chart to copy the entire chart.

Note: The Copy Chart command will only be available in the Edit menu if
there is no selection on the chart. Click on the chart background to
deselect any selected chart items.

3. Close the chart Example 11 association.anb.


4. Paste the contents of the chart Example 11 association.anb into your
current chart (Example 11 Linked Transactions.anb).

Note: If the contents of the Example 11 association chart is pasted on top of


the existing chart items, move the association chart items so that they
are displayed on the left of the chart and between the account theme
lines and telephone theme lines. For further information on moving
chart items, refer to the online help. Note that you may have to deselect
the merged theme lines.

5. Click the Fit Chart in Window toolbar button to see the entire chart.
6. Your chart should now look similar to that below (Example 11
finished.anb):
Saturday 11th November 2006 Saturday 11th November 2006 Saturday 11th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 Sunday 12th November 2006 15--20th November 2006 20--25th November 2006 25--30th November 2006 1--10th December 2006 Sunday 24th De
14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 00:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 07:40 08:00 09:00 10:30 12:00 13:00 13th 12:00 14th 12:00 15th 12:00 16th 12:00 17th 12:00 18th 12:00 19th 12:00 20th 12:00 21st 12:00 22nd 23rd 12:00 24th 12:00 25th 12:00 26th 12:00 27th 12:00 28th 12:00 29th 12:00 30th 12:00 1st 12:00 2nd 12:00 3rd 12:00 16:00 17:00 5th 10th 15th 20th 24th 13:00 18:00 20:00 2

9931-1291
TownCorp UK

25500 25000 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 24 Dec 2006 12:24
YE S Y ES YE S

20000
7811-2371 12 Nov 2006 07:48
YES

17750
24 Dec 2006 12:44
YES

3400
5104-2037 03 Dec 2006 09:15
YES
Second Interstate Bank

19000 15000 16000


12 Nov 2006 07:57 19 Nov 2006 10:30 24 Dec 2006 12:52
YE S YES YES

2359-6357
TownCorp UK

17000 11250 15500


Used in station to 12 Nov 2006 08:04 03 Dec 2006 09:37 24 Dec 2006 13:09
call his supplier YES Y ES Y ES
FARMER 02073 871 117
H eroin

4922-6321
Second Interstate Bank

Associates

Marc BAKER

Account Holder

Believed to crew on vessel


Account Holder
MOONSHADOW Steve WRIGHT 5 Silver Street
White Dutch Crownsville
UK

Owner

Associates
Account Holder

Speedboat Motorcycle
2*9WF*

Associates

Director Address

Sam STEELE Danny KENT

Same person

Mr STEELE
British

Brothers-in-law

Paul SHARP

Courier on motorcycle

02073 871 117

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call


Associates 12 Nov 2006 12:20 19 Nov 2006 12:20 03 Dec 2006 17:23
YES YES YES

07786 162 534


Arcacia Investments

Telephone
Telephone
Call Call Diverted
Telephone
to Call Diverted to Diverted
Telephone
to Call Telephone Call
12 Nov12
2006
Nov08:01
2006 08:09 12 Nov12
2006
Nov12:20
2006 12:58 19 Nov 2006 12:20 03 Dec04
2006
Dec17:23
2006 12:09 24 Dec 2006 18:30
YES Y ES YES YES Y ES YES YES Y ES

Telephone Call
07787 563 412 03 Dec 2006 15:28
YES
N/K

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
07458 577 938 12 Nov 2006 08:34 12 Nov 2006 12:25 19 Nov 2006 12:25 03 Dec 2006 15:30 24 Dec 2006 16:53
YES YE S Y ES Y ES YES
KENT

Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call Telephone Call
12 Nov 2006 08:57 12 Nov 2006 13:10 19 Nov 2006 13:10 03 Dec 2006 18:01 24 Dec 2006 19:15
Y ES YES YES YE S YES

643 098 5784


SMITHSON

7. Save and close your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 317


Summary

Summary 11.5
In this example you will have learned how to:
• search for links within a date and time period
• lay out your chart using different temporal layouts
• create charts containing different perspectives

318 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


12
Exploring Relationships

This chapter demonstrates how the analysis tools deal with date and time.

Contents
Introduction 320
Finding Linked Chart Items 321
Finding Paths Between Chart Items 327
Summary 340

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 319


Introduction

Introduction 12.1
The features covered in detail in this example are:
• finding linked chart items
• finding paths between chart items in chronological sequence

If you need more information or help with using a specific feature, refer to the
online help. How to access the online help is described in Using the online help on
page 17.

Finished chart
You can see the finished chart (Example 12 finished.anb) at any time while
you are working through this example. To access the folder in which this chart is
stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut in the My
Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-click on the
User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.

Scenario
A chart has been created for you concerning several accounts and the
transactions between them. Account number 9931-1291 has been identified as a
key account, from which large amounts of money are flowing.

You do not know where the money is flowing to. Using the analysis tools available
in Analyst’s Notebook, you are going to analyze your chart to ascertain how this
money is flowing and where it is flowing to.

320 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

Finding Linked Chart Items 12.2


You can analyze the contents of a chart to find which chart items are linked to a
selection using the Find Linked tool. You can choose different settings in a Find
Linked operation depending on the sort of chart you are analyzing.

If your chart contains items that have dates and times you can set the following
options:
• whether to find items forwards or backwards in time
• where the time is taken from; from links, from entities, or both
• whether to continue looking for items or to skip over items that do not have a
date
• the time period within which to search for linked items
• the maximum time interval between consecutive items

Note: For further information on the other settings in the Find Linked tool, refer to the
online help.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 321


Finding Linked Chart Items

How do I find an item on a chart?

A chart already exists showing a number of financial transactions. You want to find
out if there are any transactions between a key account and other accounts on
your chart. You want to delete accounts that have no links to the key account. To
do this:
1. Open the chart Example 12 initial.anb. To access the folder in which
this chart is stored, double-click on the User Guide Example Material shortcut
in the My Documents\i 2\i 2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 folder, and double-
click on the User Guide - Customizing and Analyzing folder.
TownCorp
UK

Account Banker

Account number
9931-1291

25500 25000 18500 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 07 Dec 2006 17:35 24 Dec 2006 12:24

Second Interstate Bank


US

Account Banker

Account number
7811-2371

10000 18500
27 Nov 2006 12:44 27 Nov 2006 17:32

Second Interstate Bank


U SA

Account Banker

20000 20000 3400


Account number 12 Nov 2006 07:48 28 Nov 2006 18:08 03 Dec 2006 09:15
5004-2037

20000 18250 20000


25 Nov 2006 10:00 29 Nov 2006 14:57 11 Dec 2006 10:10

TownCorp
UK

Account Banker

15000 15500 15500 20000 17750 17750


Account number 19 Nov 2006 10:30 30 Nov 2006 09:15 01 Dec 2006 10:04 09 Dec 2006 10:10 20 Dec 2006 16:30 24 Dec 2006 12:44
2359-6357

19000 17750 10000 13000 13000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:57 24 Nov 2006 12:00 28 Nov 2006 09:15 09 Dec 2006 12:00 12 Dec 2006 12:00 24 Dec 2006 12:52

Second Interstate Bank


UK

Account Banker

17000 30000 17750 15500 18500 17000 14250 15000 25000 24000 20000 15340 11250 15000 11250 17750 15500
Account number 12 Nov 2006
19 Nov
08:04
2006 08:52 24 Nov 2006 10:54 25 Nov 2006 02:40 27 Nov 2006 14:32 27 Nov 2006
27 Nov
19:22
2006 23:29 29 Nov 2006 05:44 29 Nov 2006
30 Nov
19:12
2006 08:16 01 Dec 2006
03 10:44
Dec 2006 08:34 03 Dec 2006 09:37 08 Dec 2006 05:44 10 Dec 2006 11:37 15 Dec 2006 08:19 24 Dec 2006 12:54
5104-2037

20000 15000 18000 18000 15000 20000


23 Nov 2006
24 Nov
10:37
2006 09:00 26 Nov 2006 14:27 29 Nov 2006 15:37 01 Dec 2006 09:00 01 Dec 2006 10:37

Second Interstate Bank


U SA

Account Banker

Account number
4922-6321

Second Interstate Bank


U SA

Account Banker

Account number
5904-2057

2. From the File menu, select Save As to save this chart. Click OK on the Cover
Sheet dialog to display the Save As dialog. Select the folder you created to
save your charts in. Type Example 12 finding relationships.anb in
the File Name box and click Save.
3. Press the F11 key to display the List Items dialog.
4. Click the Entities tab to display the Entities page, if it is not already displayed.

322 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

5. Reset the columns on the Entities page so that the default selection of columns
is displayed in the correct order. To do this, click Columns to display the
Columns dialog, and click the General tab to display the General page:

6. Click Reset.
7. Reset the columns on the Attributes and Analysis Attributes pages using the
same method.
8. Click OK to close the Columns dialog.
The List Items dialog is displayed with the default selection of columns
displayed in the correct order.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 323


Finding Linked Chart Items

9. In the Label column, select Account number 9931-1291 (you may need to
resize the Label column to see all of the labels) and click OK to close the List
Items dialog.
Account 9931-1291 is selected on the chart.

Account number
9931-1291

10. To see where this item is located on your chart, click the Highlight toolbar
button. Your chart should look similar to that below:

11. Turn off the highlighting by clicking the Highlight toolbar again.

324 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

How do I find chart items that are linked to a selection?

Account number 9931-1291 is selected on your chart. You are interested in finding
any other accounts and transactions on the chart that are linked to this account,
however indirectly, but you are not interested in any of the other transactions or
entities on the chart. Perform a Find Linked operation that finds just the accounts
and transactions that are linked in any way to account number 9931-1291. To do
this:
1. With account number 9931-1291 still selected, from the Analysis menu, select
Find Linked. This displays the Find Linked dialog.
2. Click Reset to make sure the Find Linked settings are set to their default
values.

3. You are not interested in how indirectly items are linked to this account. In the
Options area, turn off the Search Depth check box.
4. You want the Find Linked operation to be performed on both entities and links.
In the Result area, make sure that the Select Entities and Select Links check
boxes are turned on.
5. You want the Find Linked operation to find theme lines (which represent
accounts), but not icons (which represent banks). To do this:
a. In the Include Entities with Attribute area, from the drop-down list, select
Representation.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 325


Finding Linked Chart Items

b. From the Condition drop-down list, select equal to.


c. In the Value box, type Theme Line.
6. Click OK to close the Find Linked dialog.
7. When the message is displayed that 4 entities and 36 links have been added to
your chart, click OK.
Each of the items found during this Find Linked operation are selected on the
chart.
8. You are not interested in any of the unselected chart items. From the Edit
menu, select Invert Selection. This selects all of the chart items that are not
linked to account number 9931-1291.
9. Press the Delete key to remove these chart items.

Your chart should now look similar to that below:

Account number
9931-1291

25500 25000 18500 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 07 Dec 2006 17:35 24 Dec 2006 12:24

Account number
7811-2371

10000 18500
27 Nov 2006 12:44 27 Nov 2006 17:32

20000 20000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:48 28 Nov 2006 18:08 03 Dec 2006 09:15

20000 18250 20000


25 Nov 2006 10:00 29 Nov 2006 14:57 11 Dec 2006 10:10

15000 15500 15500 20000 17750 17750


Account number 19 Nov 2006 10:30 30 Nov 2006 09:15 01 Dec 2006 10:04 09 Dec 2006 10:10 20 Dec 2006 16:30 24 Dec 2006 12:44
2359-6357

19000 17750 10000 13000 13000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:57 24 Nov 2006 12:00 28 Nov 2006 09:15 09 Dec 2006 12:00 12 Dec 2006 12:00 24 Dec 2006 12:52

17000 15000 11250 15000 11250 15500


Account number 12 Nov 2006 08:04 29 Nov 2006 05:44 03 Dec 2006 09:37 08 Dec 2006 05:44 10 Dec 2006 11:37 24 Dec 2006 12:54
5104-2037

20000 15000 18000 18000 15000 20000


23 Nov 2006
24 Nov
10:37
2006 09:00 26 Nov 2006 14:27 29 Nov 2006 15:37 01 Dec 2006 09:00 01 Dec 2006 10:37

Account number
4922-6321

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

326 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

Finding Paths Between Chart Items 12.3


You can use the Find Path tool to find paths between chart items. You can choose
different settings in a Find Path operation depending on the sort of chart you are
analyzing.

There are two types of path you can search for:


• shortest path
• earliest path

Shortest path The example chart below shows the shortest path: the path with the fewest links.

Account 1

Account 2

Fewest links

Account 3

Account 4

Earliest path The example chart below shows the earliest path: the path that finishes the
soonest in time.

Account 1

Account 2

Soonest finish

Account 3

Account 4

Note: Although the examples in this chapter all use a Theme Line representation, finding
links and paths based upon specified dates and times will work on association
charts in exactly the same way if dates and times are included for the chart items.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 327


Finding Paths Between Chart Items

How do I find the earliest path between two entities?

You believe that Account number 4922-6321 is receiving money from Account
number 9931-1291, but you do not know the routes that the money is taking to
reach this account. Using the Find Path tool, find the earliest path between the two
accounts. To do this:
1. Select Account number 9931-1291 and Account number 4922-6321, in that
order.
Note: Account number 9931-1291 is the account from which the money is
flowing and account number 4922-6321 is the account to which the
money is flowing so the order in which you select them is important.

2. From the Analysis menu, select Find Path to display the Find Path dialog.
3. Click Reset to make sure the Find Path settings are set to their default values.

4. You are only interested in the transactions that flowed from account number
9931-1291 to account number 4922-6321. In the Options area, turn on the Use
Link Directions check box and make sure that With Arrows is selected.

328 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

5. You are only interested in the flow of transactions between the two accounts;
you are not interested in any other accounts. In the Result area, make sure that
the Select Links check box is turned on and that all of the other check boxes
are turned off.

6. You have specified the general settings for this Find Path operation; you now
want to specify the date and time settings so that you can find the earliest path.
Click the Date and Time tab to display the Date and Time page of the Find
Path dialog.

7. Turn on the Follow Date and Time check box and make sure that Forward is
selected.
8. In the Path Type area, select Earliest.
9. In the Date and Time area, make sure that From Links is selected, as you are
only interested in the date and time that the transactions took place.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 329


Finding Paths Between Chart Items

10. All of the transactions on the chart should have a date defined. If any
transaction does not have a date defined you want the Find Path tool to stop
the operation. To do this, make sure that Stop is selected in the If Date is
Missing area.
11. You suspect that all of the important transactions on the chart occur within an
hour of the first transaction. You are not interested in any of the items that are
not within an hour of the first transaction and therefore do not want Find Path to
process them. Turn on the Next Item Must be Within check box and set this to
be 1 Hour.
12. Click OK to find the path between the two entities.
13. When you receive the message that one path has been found, click OK.

The earliest path, containing three transactions, is selected on your chart:


Account number 9931-1291

Account number
7811-2371

20000
12 Nov 2006 07:48

Account number
2359-6357

19000
12 Nov 2006 07:57

17000
Account number 12 Nov 2006 08:04
5104-2037

Account number 4922-6321

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

330 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

How do I add an attribute to links in the selection?

Now that you have found the earliest path, you want to find the second and any
subsequent paths. A useful way of eliminating paths that you have already found
from the Find Path operation is to assign an attribute to it. Assign a Deal attribute to
this path to show that it contains a complete transaction from account number
9931-1291 to account number 4922-6321. To do this:
1. With the results of the Find Path operation still selected, from the Analysis
menu, select List Items. This displays the List Items dialog; click the Entities
tab to display the Entities page:

2. The two account entities on your chart are selected in the List Items dialog.
Click Clear All to deselect these entities and click OK to close the List Items
dialog.
3. This should leave the three transactions, found during the Find Path operation,
selected on your chart.
4. Add instances of the Deal attribute class (value 1), from the Financial palette, to
each of these links using the Attribute Bar. For information on how to do this,
refer to How do I add an attribute instance using the Attribute Bar? on
page 48.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 331


Finding Paths Between Chart Items

Each of the transactions found during the first Find Linked operation are displayed
with an instance of the Deal attribute class:
Account number 9931-1291

Account number
7811-2371

20000
12 Nov 2006 07:48
Deal 1

Account number
2359-6357

19000
12 Nov 2006 07:57
Deal 1

17000
Account number 12 Nov 2006 08:04
Deal 1
5104-2037

Account number 4922-6321

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

332 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

How do I exclude items with attributes from a Find Path operation?

You have now added instances of the Deal attribute class to each of the
transactions that were selected as part of the first Find Path operation. To find the
next path in time between the two accounts, you will need to exclude the results of
this first Find Path operation. To do this:
1. Select account number 9931-1291 and account number 4922-6321 in that
order and, from the Analysis menu, select Find Path to display the Find Path
dialog again. Click the General tab to display the General page:

2. In the Include Links with Attribute area, select Deal from the drop-down list.
3. From the Condition drop-down list, select is absent. Any link with a value for
the Deal attribute class will not be included in the Find Linked operation.
4. Click OK to find the next path between the two entities.
5. Add an instance of the Deal attribute class (value 2) to each of the links found
as a result of this second Find Linked operation. How to do this is described in
How do I add an attribute to links in the selection? on page 331.
6. Continue to perform Find Path operations using the same settings, adding
instances of the Deal attribute class, with successive values, to each path, until
no further paths are found. There should be four paths in total.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 333


Finding Paths Between Chart Items

The links on your chart containing paths between account number 9931-1291 and
account number 4922-6321 are all displayed with values for the Deal attribute
class.

Account number 9931-1291

25500 25000 18500 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 07 Dec 2006 17:35 24 Dec 2006 12:24
D eal 2 D eal 3 D eal 4

Account number
7811-2371

10000 18500
27 Nov 2006 12:44 27 Nov 2006 17:32

20000 20000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:48 28 Nov 2006 18:08 03 Dec 2006 09:15
D eal 1 D eal 3

20000 18250 20000


25 Nov 2006 10:00 29 Nov 2006 14:57 11 Dec 2006 10:10

15000 15500 15500 20000 17750 17750


Account number 19 Nov 2006 10:30 30 Nov 2006 09:15 01 Dec 2006 10:04 09 Dec 2006 10:10 20 Dec 2006 16:30 24 Dec 2006 12:44
D eal 2 Deal 4
2359-6357

19000 17750 10000 13000 13000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:57 24 Nov 2006 12:00 28 Nov 2006 09:15 09 Dec 2006 12:00 12 Dec 2006 12:00 24 Dec 2006 12:52
Deal 1

17000 15000 11250 15000 11250 15500


Account number 12 Nov 2006 08:04 29 Nov 2006 05:44 03 Dec 2006 09:37 08 Dec 2006 05:44 10 Dec 2006 11:37 24 Dec 2006 12:54
D eal 1 Deal 3
5104-2037

20000 15000 18000 18000 15000 20000


23 Nov 2006
24 Nov
10:37
2006 09:00 26 Nov 2006 14:27 29 Nov 2006 15:37 01 Dec 2006 09:00 01 Dec 2006 10:37

Account number 4922-6321

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

334 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

How do I change the style or type of a link?

You have found four paths showing the flow of money from account number
9931-1291 to account number 4922-6321. You added instances of the Deal
attribute class to each of these paths as you were performing the Find Path
operation. Instead of using an attribute to show that a link is part of a path, you
could change the link style of each of the links so that they stand out from the rest
of the links on the chart. Change the link style of each link that is part of a path to
be a Deal link type. To do this:
1. Press the F11 key to open the List Items dialog and click the Links tab to
display the Links page if it is not already displayed.
2. Reset the columns on the Links page so that the default selection of columns is
displayed in the correct order. For details of how to do this, see the online help.

3. Add a column for the Deal attribute to the Links page. How to do this is
described in How do I add columns to the List Items dialog? on page 188.
4. Select all of the links on your chart that have a Deal attribute. How to do this is
described in Sorting Within a Table on page 193.
5. Click OK to select the links on the chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 335


Finding Paths Between Chart Items

6. Right-click on one of the selected links and, from the shortcut menu, select
Combined Properties. Select Style\Links\Type to display the Type page of
the Combined Properties dialog.

7. Select the Deal link type and click OK to close the Edit Chart Items dialog.

336 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

Each of the links in your chart with a value for the Deal attribute are displayed as
Deal links, the color of which is violet. This stands out from the rest of the links on
the chart, making it easier to see at a glance the four paths in the chart between
account number 9931-1291 and account number 4922-6321. Your chart should
now look similar to that below (Example 12 finished.anb). It may not be
apparent from the picture below which links are violet but you should be able to see
them on the screen:

Account number 9931-1291

25500 25000 18500 20000


19 Nov 2006 10:10 03 Dec 2006 09:10 07 Dec 2006 17:35 24 Dec 2006 12:24
D eal 2 D eal 3 D eal 4

Account number
7811-2371

10000 18500
27 Nov 2006 12:44 27 Nov 2006 17:32

20000 20000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:48 28 Nov 2006 18:08 03 Dec 2006 09:15
D eal 1 D eal 3

20000 18250 20000


25 Nov 2006 10:00 29 Nov 2006 14:57 11 Dec 2006 10:10

15000 15500 15500 20000 17750 17750


Account number 19 Nov 2006 10:30 30 Nov 2006 09:15 01 Dec 2006 10:04 09 Dec 2006 10:10 20 Dec 2006 16:30 24 Dec 2006 12:44
D eal 2 Deal 4
2359-6357

19000 17750 10000 13000 13000 3400


12 Nov 2006 07:57 24 Nov 2006 12:00 28 Nov 2006 09:15 09 Dec 2006 12:00 12 Dec 2006 12:00 24 Dec 2006 12:52
Deal 1

17000 15000 11250 15000 11250 15500


Account number 12 Nov 2006 08:04 29 Nov 2006 05:44 03 Dec 2006 09:37 08 Dec 2006 05:44 10 Dec 2006 11:37 24 Dec 2006 12:54
D eal 1 Deal 3
5104-2037

20000 15000 18000 18000 15000 20000


23 Nov 2006
24 Nov
10:37
2006 09:00 26 Nov 2006 14:27 29 Nov 2006 15:37 01 Dec 2006 09:00 01 Dec 2006 10:37

Account number 4922-6321

Click the Save toolbar button to save your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 337


Finding Paths Between Chart Items

How do I view a selection of chart items?

Now that you have identified all the transactions of particular interest, you may
want to inspect each link in turn on the chart. The Browse Bar can be used to
manage a selection of items and view, or select them, as you wish.

The purpose of the Browse Bar is to scroll the chart so that you can see chart
items of interest. This is particularly useful when you have a selection of items that
are spread across the chart. You initially set the list of chart items that you are
interested in by selecting them on the chart. This list can be sorted according to the
position of the items on the chart, either top to bottom or left to right. A chart item
can be chosen individually from the list to view it, and you can step through the list,
either forwards or backwards, to see each chart item in turn. To do this:
1. Press the F11 key to display the List Items dialog. Sort the links by type to
group all of the links of type Deal together. Select all of the Deal type links and
click OK. All links of type Deal are selected on the chart.
2. From the View menu, select Toolbars ➧ Browse Bar to display the Browse
Bar.

Items in browse drop-down list Lock/Unlock List button

List options drop-down list Apply Command button


Sort options drop-down list Apply Command button

Browse to Previous Browse to Next Item


Item button button
Select/Deselect
Current Item button

3. On the Browse Bar, from the List options drop-down list, select Replace List
with Selection and click the Apply Command button. All of the selected items
are added to the Items in browse drop-down list.
4. Click the Lock/Unlock List button to make sure that no extra items can be
added to the browse list. (To unlock the list, click the Lock/Unlock List button
again.)

338 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Chapter 12: Exploring Relationships

5. From the Sort options drop-down list, select Sort List by Horizontal Position
so that you can browse from left to right, and click the Apply Command button
to the right of the Sort options drop-down list.

6. Zoom in on your chart so that the link labels are easy to read.
7. Click the Browse to Next Item button to center the chart on the first item in the
list. Continue to click the Browse to Next Item button to center each member
of the browse list in turn.
As you are browsing your chart you may want to select other items. The
Select/Deselect Current Item button adds the displayed item to the current
selection.
Close your chart.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 339


Summary

Summary 12.4
In this example you will have learned how to:
• find linked chart items
• find paths between entities, including date and time aspects such as earliest
path

340 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


A
Features used in the Examples

This appendix contains tables showing where the Analyst’s Notebook features are
demonstrated in the examples.

It is possible to use these tables as a way of finding the examples which best
illustrate specific features.

Contents
Analyst’s Notebook Features 342

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 341


Analyst’s Notebook Features 0.1
The ■ symbol indicates in which example the feature is first used and explained.
The ● symbol indicates the feature is also used in the example.

User Guide - Customizing and


User Guide - Creating Charts
Analyzing

Feature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Attributes
adding attribute entries to ■
palettes
analysis attributes ■

attribute instances ■

combining attribute classes ■

defining attribute classes ■

merge and paste rules ■

showing attributes ■

the Attribute Bar ■

Background items ■

Cards
adding information to cards ■

copying a card to another ■


Windows application
copying cards ■

deleting cards ■

Change representation
of a timeline chart ■

of an association chart ■

Charts
combining charts ■ ●

creating a chart ■

creating a chart from a ■


template

342 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix A: Features used in the Examples

User Guide - Customizing and


User Guide - Creating Charts
Analyzing

Feature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

merging charts ■ ●

opening a chart ■

printing a chart ■ ● ●

saving a chart ■

Chart Properties
default styles ■ ●

Cover Sheet ■ ●

Date and Time formats


choosing a date and time ■
format
defining a date and time ■
format
Entity types ■

default styles ■

defining entity types ■

Entity Representations
box ■

event frame ■

icon ■

labeling and uniquely ■


identifying chart items
OLE Object ■

text block ■

theme line ■

Event frames
adding event frames ■

background text color ■

display properties ■

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 343


User Guide - Customizing and
User Guide - Creating Charts
Analyzing

Feature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

duplicating event frames


fill color ■

Find Text ■ ●

Find Path
between two chart items ■

in chronological sequence ■

Find Linked ■ ●

Find Matching Entities ■

Grades
about grades ■

defining grades ■

Grid
displaying ■

grid settings ■

Icon
enlarging icons ■

Label
merge and paste rules ■

Layouts
grouped by time layout ■

grouped layout ■

minimize crossed links ■

ordered layout ■

peacock layout ■

print layout ■

proportional layout ■

theme line layout ■

344 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix A: Features used in the Examples

User Guide - Customizing and


User Guide - Creating Charts
Analyzing

Feature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Legend
editing the legend ■

populating the legend ■

Line strengths ■ ●

Links
adding links between items ■ ●

automatically linking theme ■ ●


lines and event frames
connection styles ■ ●

default styles ■

defining link types ■

duplicating links ■

timed links ■

List Items ■

Navigating charts ■ ●

OLE objects
embedded OLE objects ■

linked OLE objects ■

opening an OLE object ■

Ordering chart items ■

Palettes ■

adding chart items from ■


palettes
Print
preparing a chart for ■ ●
printing
printing the time bar and ■
theme line names
Report ■

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 345


User Guide - Customizing and
User Guide - Creating Charts
Analyzing

Feature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

■ ●
Show and Hide

Selection Sets
adding to selection sets ■

defining ■

intersecting and deleting ■

restoring ■

Snapshots ■

Spelling checker ■

Summary information ■

Templates
creating a new template ■

creating a template from an ■


existing chart
customizing a template ■

merging templates ■

sharing templates ■

Theme lines
theme line segments ■

theme line styles ■

theme line wiring height ■

Time bar ■ ● ● ●

Time zones ■

Visual Search
for a single entity ■

for linked entities ■

Note: A few Analyst’s Notebook features are not used in the examples. Please refer to
the online help for more information about these items.

346 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


B
The i2 Semantic Approach

This chapter describes the concepts and principles that underpin the semantic
functionality in i2 products with power2 built-in. It describes the main purpose of
the i2 semantic approach, and concepts and guidelines that relate to the usage of
the functionality.

Contents
Understanding the i2 Semantic Approach 348
Semantic Capabilities of i2 Products 349
Semantic Type Hierarchies 350
What is Alignment? 354
What are Custom Semantic Types? 358
Guidelines for Assigning Semantic Types 361

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 347


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Understanding the i2 Semantic Approach 0.1


The use of semantics in the power2 products is key to their integration as a suite of
i2 applications. Though each product addresses a discrete intelligence need,
semantics provide a uniform meaning for data used across all the i2 products. This
allows analysts to acquire data more conveniently and from additional sources.
When this data is pulled into Analyst’s Notebook for example, you have access to
intelligent searching, matching and analysis so you can produce better and more
timely intelligence.

To provide your charts and data sources with a meaning that can be understood by
your power2 product, semantic types need to be assigned to the data.

Semantic types are used to add the appropriate meaning to the data that can be
shared between the power2 products. This meaningful data has a special
significance when it is brought into Analyst’s Notebook for analysis.

Semantic types are also used to extend the scope of analysis within a single data
source. For example, in Analyst’s Workstation semantic types enable entity records
stored in an iBase database to be built into a single cube for quantitative analysis.

Analyst’s Notebook

People Vehicles

Male Judge Motorcycle Car

Witness Felon Truck Train

Sources of Information

iBase TextChart iXa iXv iBridge

348 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Semantic Capabilities of i2 Products 0.2


The following diagram provides an overview of how the power2 products share
data across the product suite, notes below each product highlight the additional
capabilities gained by the use of semantic types.

ChartExplorer Analyst’s Notebook TextChart


Visualizations across charts Assign and assume semantic Visualizations from
types, semantic searching, text with semantic
grouping, and matching assignments

iXv iBase Data Miner


Visualizations of data Storage of entities, links Data for
provider data with and properties with quantitative
semantic assignments semantic assignments analysis

iXa
Enterprise-wide
delivery of data, with
semantic assignments

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 349


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Semantic Type Hierarchies 0.3


The semantic types that are assigned to the data not only help to provide meaning
for the data, but also ensure that it is aligned with similar data retrieved from any
data source, or data that originates in any power2 product.

Semantic types are assigned from a common library of semantic types called the
i2 Semantic Type Library. It is also possible to create custom semantic types that
are specializations of semantic types available in the i2 Semantic Type Library.
These custom semantic types are stored in a custom library, which you can share
between power2 products.

There are three hierarchies of semantic types that can be assigned to your data:
• Entity semantic types
semantic types that can be assigned to entities or entity types
• Link semantic types
semantic types that can be assigned to links or link types
• Property semantic types
semantic types that can be assigned to attribute classes, fields in a database
schema, or properties in a data record

For example, the Car semantic type can be assigned to entities that are intended
to represent vehicles such as Car, SUV, Taxi, and Limousine.

How you assign semantic types differs between i2 products (and is explained in
detail in the individual product’s online help):
• For Analyst’s Notebook, semantic types are assigned to templates, and the
user can also make assignments to specific entities and links.
• For TextChart, assignments are to templates.
• For iBase, iXa and iXv, semantic types are assigned to the database schema
or data source.

When you have assigned semantic types to your data, you can use i2’s matching
technology to find potential matches between data, search your data for instances
of a specific semantic type, and group data by semantic type for analysis as a
group (for example, a list of all data that has been assigned the Person semantic
type).

350 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Entity semantic types


Entity semantic types can be assigned to entity types in a data source, in a
database schema, on a chart, or to individual entities on a chart. They can be used
to give a common meaning to entities.

For example, the Person semantic type can be assigned to entity types such as
Male, Judge, Witness and Felon. The semantic type assignment provides an extra
layer of meaning to the data. It allows the application to understand that the Male,
Judge, Witness and Felon entity types share real-world characteristics, and that
they are distinct from entity types which depict offices and houses.

The following diagram shows some semantic types and the entity types to which
you would typically assign them.

Person

Male Judge

Witness Felon
Property
Mailing Address

Briefcase Clothing Office House

Camera Jewelry Restaurant Shop

Link semantic types


Link semantic types can be assigned to link types, to individual links on a chart, or
to link types in a data source or database schema, to provide those links with a
common meaning. For example, you can assign the Meeting Between link
semantic type to a link on a chart that is named ‘weekly meeting’.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 351


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Property semantic types


Properties convey data that describes the details of an entity or link. For example,
the Date of Birth property semantic type could be assigned to the piece of data
which is the date of birth of a person. The Nationality property semantic type could
be assigned to the piece of data which records the nationality of a person. Property
semantic types can be assigned to attribute classes in a chart, or to the fields of an
entity or link type in a database schema or data source.

Example of property semantic types and attribute classes

In the following example, attributes have been added to entities on the chart. Each
attribute class has a semantic type; by comparing the semantic information
contained in the entities, Find Matching Entities in Analyst’s Notebook can suggest
which items are intended to depict the same person.

Daniel KANT
Blood G roup: A B
XN 12873 34H H

Danny KENT
KENT David Blood G roup: A B
Blood G roup: A B
XN 12873 34H H
10 Jan 1967
10 Jan 1967

Attributes assigned to
the Date of Birth
property semantic type

Example of property semantic types and fields in a data source

In the schema of different data sources (whether iBase, iXa or iXv data sources),
property semantic types are assigned to the relevant fields. In the following
example, the Given Name field refers to the first name of a person. This field is
assigned the Person First Name semantic type. The semantic type gives meaning
to the data and helps products with power2 built-in understand what it is intended
to depict. This is possible even though the format of that data may be different, for
example, in different data sources the field could be called Forename, Name or
First Name.

352 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Semantic
Types
Person First Person Last Date of Birth Nationality Gender
Name Name

Database
fields
Given Name Family Name Date of Birth Nationality Sex

Alex KURTZ 03 Jan 1961 American Male

Andre DOMENGES 18 Jul 1962 Mexican Male

Anita JARVIS 26 Oct 1960 British Female

Anita JONES 02 Apr 1968 British Female

Anita NORRIS 17 Jun 1978 British Female

Anne SMITHSON 29 May 1961 American Female

Archie SWAINE 17 Mar 1952 British Male

Arthur BARR 16 Aug 1952 British Male

Aurthur JAMES 16 Aug 1963 British Male

Aurthur MELDREW 16 Aug 1963 British Male

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 353


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

What is Alignment? 0.4


When you assign semantic types to your data, you are aligning that data with the
meaning of the semantic types in the i2 Semantic Type Library.

The main benefit of aligning data with semantic types is that it allows the power2
products to interpret data in a uniform way, regardless of how it has been entered.

For example, you may have three data sources containing different types of data,
such as lists of felons, victims, and informants.

Felons Victims Informants

Addresses Arrests Telephone


Entity Types Numbers

Companies Phone Crime


Records Scenes

In the example above when the data is placed on a chart, all the people recorded
as felons will be represented by a Felon entity type. Similarly, the people recorded
as informants will be represented by an Informant entity type.

354 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

This data is assigned relevant semantic types in the schema of the data source.
Felons, Victims and Informants are assigned the Person entity semantic type.
Addresses are assigned the Mailing Address entity semantic type. The data will be
aligned as shown in the following table.

Entity
Semantic
Types

Person Felons Victims Informants

Mailing Addresses Crime Scenes


Address

Phone Phone Records Phone Numbers

Event Arrests

Organization Companies

Within a data source, an entity type could have fields containing more information.
For example, consider the fields for Felons, Victims and Informants. Common
property semantic types that describe a Person entity are:
• Person First Name
• Person Last Name
• Gender
• Date of Birth

These semantic types can be assigned to the fields in the data sources to align the
data with the i2 Semantic Type Library, in the same way that the entity types were
aligned. The following table shows these assignments.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 355


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Property
Semantic Types

Felons Victims Informants

Person First Name Forename Name First Name

Person Last Name Surname Last Name

Gender Male/Female M/F Sex

Date of Birth Birth Date DOB Date of Birth

Marital Status Marital Status Married

Nationality Nationality

Social Security Number SSN Soc

Zip Code Zip Code

Phone Telephone
Phone Number
Number Number

In the table above, the Person First Name property semantic type is assigned to
the Forename, Name and First Name fields in the three data sources. Regardless
of the name of the fields, power2 applications can understand how the data is to be
interpreted. By assigning semantic types to the fields, the data in all three data
sources is aligned to the meaning of the semantic type. This is referred to as
horizontal alignment, as the data is aligned across the various data sources.

Horizontal alignment also applies to single data sources, such as an iBase


database, where felons, victims, and informants could be entity types within the
data source.

356 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

What is vertical alignment?


The i2 Semantic Type Library structures semantic types into families of like
semantic types, in a child/parent relationship. The structure of the semantic types
is used to show that certain entities are related, just as they are in the real world.
For example, cars, motorcycles and trucks can all be classified as vehicles,
therefore the Bus, Car, Motorcycle and Truck semantic types belong to the Motor
Vehicle family of semantic types.

An entity that is assigned the Car semantic type is vertically aligned with an entity
that is assigned the Motor Vehicle semantic type, because it is assigned a
semantic type that is part of the Motor Vehicle family of semantic types. Vertical
alignment is particularly useful for grouping, and searching for, similar real-world
objects. For example:
• The Semantic Path analysis attribute in Analyst’s Notebook uses vertical
alignment to group similar real-world objects together for analysis
• Queries with semantic conditions in iBase use vertical alignment to group
similar real-world objects together for querying (in SQL Server databases only)

Vertical alignment also applies to links and attribute classes or fields.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 357


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

What are Custom Semantic Types? 0.5


A custom semantic type is a semantic type that you create for a specific
classification, which is typically not catered for in the i2 Semantic Type Library.
While the i2 Semantic Type Library has been developed to include the most
common classifications of real-world items, you have to create a new semantic
type for a specific sub-classification. For example, the Person semantic type is
included in the library, but you have to create a custom semantic type for Pilot. See
Defining custom semantic types on page 363, for general guidelines on creating
and naming custom semantic types.

You can create custom semantic types for use with entities, links, attribute classes
or fields.

When to create custom semantic types


You may decide to create custom semantic types for a variety of reasons.

For example, you have data on different kinds of sporting events. The library
contains an Event entity semantic type, but it does not contain entity semantic
types that would be appropriate to distinguish between different kinds of sporting
events (for example, baseball game, rugby match, and so on.) To ensure that
appropriate semantic types exist in the library so that different sporting events are
distinct on charts or in your data source, you must define custom semantic types
that are derived from the Event entity semantic type.

If it is not necessary to distinguish between different specializations of an entity,


then you can simply assign the appropriate generalized entity semantic type to
your data. For example, suppose your chart or data source contains a list of people
who have attended an annual convention. The library does not contain a
Convention entity semantic type, but you can assign the Event entity semantic
type because your chart or data source contains only one kind of event.

You may want to create a custom property semantic type if you want to assign
multiple values for the same property to a single entity or link. For example,
suppose your data source contains a list of a person's bank accounts numbers,
and you have decided to represent each bank account as a property on the entity,
rather than use bank account entities with links to the person that owns them.
Since a property semantic type can only be added once to each entity semantic
type or link semantic type in a library, you can create specializations of the Account
Number property semantic type so that each occurrence has a unique property
semantic type assignment.

358 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Selecting the correct parent for a custom semantic type


Choosing the correct semantic type to derive your new custom semantic type from
is a critical decision because the custom semantic type inherits characteristics and
behaviors from its parent. In the above sporting event example, it would be
inappropriate to derive the custom semantic types from the Document entity
semantic type, for example, because a sporting event is not a specialization of a
document.

Where are custom semantic types held?


Initially, custom semantic types are not stored in the i2 Semantic Type Library but
in your current template or database. To ensure that other users benefit from your
custom semantic types, you can distribute them as a custom semantic type
Library. These are stored in a custom file (extension .mtc), which can be loaded
into the power2 application.

Make sure that you load any custom files that are in use in your organization before
deciding whether you need to create a custom semantic type. Each custom
semantic type that is created has a unique internal identifier. Even though a
colleague has a chart with a custom semantic type with the same name as in your
chart, for example Military Jet, the data will not be aligned when the charts are
merged because both custom semantic types are unique. Always establish
whether your proposed custom semantic type will be unique in your organization,
and then share the custom file within your organization so that users are assigning
the same custom semantic type.

Note: If you send your custom file to i2, your new additions will be considered for
inclusion in a later version of the i2 Semantic Type Library. This means that the
entire power2 community can be aligned with your data. power2 applications have
a command to send the custom file to i2. See Sharing custom semantic types on
page 364, for further advice.

For information on changes to the i2 Semantic Type Library, see the release notes
accompanying the library. There may also be additional information in the power2
application’s online help.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 359


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Semantic Types and Data Records 0.6


Whereas Analyst’s Notebook uses semantic types to provide the real-world
meaning for the entity types, link types and attribute classes that are added to a
chart, data sources use semantic types to add meaning to each record and to the
data in the fields of each record. When you choose to extract this data for charting
in Analyst’s Notebook, it is transferred to Analyst’s Notebook in the form of a data
record, which is held as part of the chart item.

A data record has a unique identifier called a database key and a related semantic
type. Linked to the key is a collection of data items derived from the record fields,
known as properties. Each property is assigned a property semantic type, which is
used to align the data with similar properties from other data sources. It provides
meaning for the data when matching the data with other chart items. These
semantic types are all assigned by the data source and cannot be changed within
Analyst’s Notebook.
This semantic type
provides meaning for
the data record, and
helps to align this data
record with other data
records in the chart.

These semantic types


provide meaning for the
property values, and
help to align the values
with other similar
properties in other data
records.

360 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

Guidelines for Assigning Semantic Types 0.7


This section provides guidelines to consider before assigning semantic types, or
changing any existing semantic type assignments. It covers:
• general semantic type assignments
• guidelines for assigning custom semantic types
• information on sharing custom semantic types

These guidelines are useful irrespective of the product you use to assign the
semantic types.

General guidelines
The following are general guidelines to follow when you are choosing what
semantic type to assign to your data.
• Know your data source
You must be familiar with your data source when assigning semantic types.
The semantic types are assigned to add meaning to the data and allow it to be
aligned for searching and matching. It is important not to distort the real
meaning of the original data source; it will be far easier to assign semantic
types if you know the intended meaning of the original data.
• Look for an appropriate existing semantic type
Before defining your own custom semantic type, always try to find an
appropriate type within your organization’s library of available semantic types.
This library will include both the types available in the i2 Semantic Type Library
as well as any custom semantic types that you have loaded from a custom
semantic type library.
Using an existing semantic type maximizes the likelihood of alignment with
data from other sources. A custom semantic type will only horizontally align if
shared with other data sources. Tips for finding semantic types within the
library are given in your power2 application’s online help. For more information
about sharing custom semantic types, refer to Sharing custom semantic types
on page 364.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 361


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

• Refer to the synonyms and description when assigning a semantic type


When you are deciding if an existing semantic type is appropriate, always refer
to the synonyms and description given to the semantic type. Some names can
be interpreted in more than one way. The synonyms and description together
provide a more definitive meaning.

Note: It may also be useful to check the parent to ensure the more general
semantic type is also applicable. If the semantic type found is not
appropriate, it may also be worth looking at other semantic types in a
similar area of the hierarchy in case another one is more appropriate.

• Think about the use of semantic types


When assigning semantic types, think about how they will be used, for example
you may want to perform searches, find matching entities, and so on. The
semantic types you assign should be clear and obvious. For example, if you
assign the Classification Title property semantic type to a field in a database or
to an attribute class called Document Type, the analyst may not think to use it.
It would be better in this situation to define a custom semantic type called
Document Type derived from the existing Classification Title semantic type.
• Know the type of your data
When assigning semantic types you should be aware that data can be one of
three distinct types:
— Identifying data
This is data that directly identifies the item. For instance a Person entity
may have a Person Full Name, or Social Security Number that is used to
identify a person.
— Related data
There are a number of circumstances where the data properties of an entity
include some that describe another, related, entity of the same type. For
example a record about a company may include the name of its parent
company. The most important aspect of this is that the related type is
describing another entity of the same type.
It would be reasonable to think of the parent company name as having an
Organization Name property semantic type. However, if you were to assign
this type, or a derivative of it, it would be used as part of the data identifying
the company itself when company records are matched. For example, a
company called Office UK whose parent company was called Business
Office US would match happily with a company whose name is Business
Office Inc whose parent is called Holding Company LLC. This is not the
desired behavior. To handle this situation, there are types in the i2
Semantic Type Library named Related. For instance, use the Related
Organization Name semantic type for the parent company name.

362 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

— Record metadata
This is informational data that is used to describe the data and not the item
it describes. For example, you might have a database field labeled Entered
by. In this instance, although the content will be people’s names, they
should not be assigned the Person Full Name semantic type. Instead, if you
need to assign a semantic type at all, you should define a custom semantic
type derived from the abstract type that has the correct data type, for
example Abstract Text.

Defining custom semantic types


It may be that an appropriate semantic type is not available in the i2 Semantic Type
Library. In this instance, you may need to define a custom semantic type to use.

The following rules apply when defining custom semantic types:


• Assign sensible names, synonyms and descriptions for custom semantic types
When defining a custom semantic type, it is important you use a sensible name
and provide appropriate synonyms. Names and synonyms are there to help
others when finding and showing the information. Descriptions also provide
valuable semantic meaning in addition to the name and synonyms. They also
provide a useful reference when reusing the custom semantic type in another
place within your data source, or when sharing custom semantic types for use
in multiple data sources, particularly when others will be using it.
• Define a custom semantic type derived from a sensible parent
Think about the parent when defining a custom semantic type. For example, a
custom property semantic type called Witness Name could be derived from the
Abstract Text property semantic type, but it is more appropriate to derive it from
the Person Full Name property semantic type. Be as specific as possible when
thinking about the parent. Failing to derive a custom semantic type from the
appropriate parent means that the expected behavior will not apply.
• Deriving custom property semantic types from Abstract Flag
There is a convention for the naming of custom property semantic types
derived from the Abstract Flag property semantic type. When defining these
types, the name should always start with a verb to provide a clear indication
that the type is a flag. For example, if you are defining a property custom
semantic type to indicate whether or not a person wears glasses, you might
name it Wears Glasses. Typically these are questions to which the answer is
yes or no.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 363


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

• Naming custom link semantic types


There is also a convention for naming custom link semantic types. Use short
statements that can be read along with the entity types at the end of the links.
For example, naming a custom link semantic type Associate Of allows you to
read the entity-link-entity combination as Person A associate of Person B.
Avoid using the entity type names at the end of a link as part of the link type
name. For example, avoid giving a link type that links a person to a vehicle the
name Person-Vehicle. Instead use a name such as Is Registered Keeper Of, or
Is Driver Of. Notice again the use of a verb to indicate that a link is directional,
that is a person entity is the driver of a car and not vice versa. Symmetric (that
is non-directional) links will not need a verb but should still be assigned a
sensible name.
• Property semantic types must be unique within an entity, link or data record
You can only assign a property semantic type once within a given entity, link or
data record. There are instances when you may want to assign the same
semantic type to two or more properties within an entity, for example multiple
aliases or multiple forename properties. In these cases, we advise you to
define custom semantic types for these properties with _1, _2, _3, and so on,
appended for each custom semantic type beyond the first. In some
circumstances, the power2 products automatically define custom semantic
types to avoid duplicating the semantic type names; in this instance they use
this same naming convention.

Sharing custom semantic types


There is a mechanism within power2 products that allows you to share custom
semantic types between data sources. If you are using multiple data sources, it is
vital that you use this mechanism in order for semantics to work correctly.

You share custom semantic types by exporting them to a custom semantic type
library in the form of an .mtc file.

This file can be loaded into other data sources so that the same custom semantic
types can be assigned across all of the different data sources. This is the only way
to use the same semantic types; it is not enough to just define a new type in your
second data source and assign it the same name. Although their names will be the
same, their unique identifiers will be different when the two data sources are
combined. The end result will be a duplicate semantic type and the data cannot be
aligned.

For example, when assigning semantic types to data source A, you may find that
you need to derive a custom semantic type for people giving evidence. You define
a custom semantic type called Witness derived from the Person semantic type.
You then move on to data source B and find that you also need the same Witness
custom semantic type. If you define a new custom semantic type in the data

364 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

source B called Witness, when both data sources are used together, two custom
semantic types will exist; Witness and Witness_1. These two custom semantic
types will not be considered the same and therefore when using (for example)
Visual Search, the user will not be able to search on both at the same time.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 365


Appendix B: The i2 Semantic Approach

366 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Abstract Semantic Type


A notional semantic type associated with the real world meaning of the data.
For example, an Abstract Number semantic type refers to a property that is
reasoned about as a number.
See also: i2 Semantic Type, Data Type, Semantic Type.

Active Chart
The chart on which you are currently working.

Active Window
The window which is currently displayed. It is identified by a check mark on
the Window menu. When windows are tiled or cascaded, it is the window
with the highlighted title bar.

Alignment
The positioning of text or objects with respect to each other or to a reference
point, line, or object. For example, the alignment of lines of text can be:
• left
• right
• center

Analysis Attribute
An attribute that is never displayed on a chart and is used solely to obtain
information about chart items and their relationships to other items, for
example, the number of links on an entity. Analysis attributes are created by
Analyst's Notebook. They do not display on the chart but are useful for
analysis.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 367


Glossary

Ancestor
An item at a higher level in a hierarchy that is the basis for the next level
below in a hierarchy.
In the example below, Property is the ancestor of Transport and Motor
Vehicle. However, Transport is a child of Property because it is one level
below.

See also: Child, Descendent, Parent.

Association Chart
Chart showing relationships between entities to illustrate how they are
interconnected, rather than describing a chronology of events. For example:
associations between individuals; transactions between accounts; calls
between telephone numbers.
See also: Timeline Chart.

Assumed Semantic Type


The default semantic type that is used for an entity in the absence of a
specific semantic type having been assigned. The assumed semantic type
is based on the icon. For example, the icon Arson may have the assumed
semantic type Crime.
See also: i2 Semantic Type, Semantic Type.

368 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Attribute
A piece of information that is associated with a chart item, such as date of
birth or account number. It is represented by a symbol and/or value
displayed with the chart item.

Attribute Bar
A special type of toolbar that allows you to add attributes to chart items and
find chart items with a specific attribute value assigned to them.

Attribute Class
Characteristics of a specific attribute, including the type of its value, how it is
displayed and the treatment of values when merged or pasted.

Attribute Entry
An attribute class together with a value. Attribute entries appear in palettes.

Attribute Instance
A single use of an attribute on a chart item. For an individual chart item there
can be only one value for a particular attribute class. The display
characteristics are controlled by the attribute class.

Attribute Type
An indication of the type of value which can be represented by an attribute.
The four available types are Flag, Text, Number, and Time.

Auto Save
The ability of the application to save automatically a copy of your work on a
regular basis. In the event of a power failure or abnormal closure of the
application, the last automatically saved copy of your work is recovered
when you restart the application.

Auto Scroll
The automatic vertical or horizontal movement across a window that occurs
when you move or add a chart item close to the edge of the window.

Automatic (or Auto) Attribute


An attribute automatically created and assigned to chart items by the
application. These attributes appear in the Attribute Classes page of the
Chart Properties dialog with a yellow background.

Back Up
To copy data for safe keeping. For example, to copy a file onto a CD.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 369


Glossary

Background
A frozen layer of a chart behind other chart items forming a backdrop. In
general, you cannot perform chart operations on chart items in the
background.
See also: Foreground.

Background Item
An item placed in the background of a chart. In general, you cannot perform
chart operations on chart items in the background.

Bitmap
A graphic composed of dots or pixels. A chart copied in this format can be
pasted into a drawing program such as Microsoft Paint.

Box
An entity typically representing organizations or groups on the chart. It is
often used to enclose other entities.

Card
A record of information attached to a chart item.
A chart item can have zero, one or many cards.

Case
Descriptive text used to categorize a particular investigation. Case is one of
the custom properties.

Chart
A visual representation of real-world objects, such as organizations, people,
events, or locations, and the relationships between them.

Chart Item
The representation of an entity or association between entities.

Chart Item Label


The text associated with a chart item.

Chart Properties
The chart definition of properties such as document summary, time zone,
grid size, background color, and merge & paste rules. These properties are
saved with the chart.

370 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Child
An item that derives from the next level above in a hierarchy. A child is more
specific than its parent. For example, the Cell Phone semantic type is a child
of the Phone semantic type.

See also: Ancestor, Descendent, Parent.

Circle
An entity that is used as an alternative to an icon to represent information on
the chart.

Clash
The name given to a link and attribute to signify that an entity charted from a
database conflicts with another entity already on the chart.

Classification
The text used to describe the confidentiality of the content of a chart or
document. Classification is one of the custom properties.

Clipboard
A Microsoft Windows temporary store for data you have copied or cut from a
Windows application. It is used to transfer information between charts or
between applications.

Cluster
A group of entities that is more interconnected within the group than to other
entities.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 371


Glossary

Cluster Members
The entities in a cluster and the links between entities in the same cluster.

Column Separator
A character that separates a column of data in a file or clipboard read by the
Import Editor. This may be a tab, a space, or any specified character.

Comment
A record that you want the Importer to ignore.

Connection
The association between a pair of entities on the chart, represented by one
or more links.

Connection Style
The way in which the number of links is represented in a connection. There
are three connection styles: single directed multiple
See also: Single Connection, Directed Connection, Multiple
Connection.

Controlling Item
A chart item that defines the position of its date and time on the chart. A
controlling item has a fully specified date and time and is also ordered.
See also: Ordered Item, Dated and Timed Item, Free Item.

Corner
A small dot placed on a link to divide the link into straight-line segments. A
corner allows you to bend a link to improve your chart appearance and
prevent overlapping of items.

Cover Sheet
A page that allows you to view and edit the summary properties of a chart,
such as title, subject and author, and custom properties, such as case or
classification.
See also: Custom Properties, Summary Properties.

372 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Custom Properties
User-defined information about a chart and its contents, which is not
covered in the summary properties. Custom Properties can be viewed and
edited using the Cover Sheet, and printed in the header and footer of your
chart.
See also: Cover Sheet, Summary Properties, Case, Classification.

Custom Semantic Type


A semantic type that has been created in addition to those types in the i2
Semantic Type Library.
See also: Semantic Type, i2 Semantic Type.

Custom Semantic Type Library


A collection of semantic types that are not in the i2 Semantic Type Library,
typically defined by someone in your organization. Custom semantic types
are stored in an .mtc file.
See also: i2 Semantic Type Library.

Data Column
A basic item of data manipulated by the Import Editor. The treatment of each
column in a data file is defined by an Import Specification.

Data Provider
An organization providing or owning one or more data sources.
See also: Data Source.

Data Record
A record that is attached to a chart item that contains information from a data
source.

Data Source
A source of data accessible using an i2 product. It can come from a
database, files or any software route that can deliver data.
See also: Data Provider.

Data Type
A classification of a property semantic type to identify the particular kind of
data the semantic type represents, such as a Number, Text, Date & Time,
and Flag (Yes/No) value.
See also: Abstract Semantic Type.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 373


Glossary

Database Identity
An identity, used by the application, to identify whether or not two entities on
a chart that originate from the same database should be regarded as the
same.

Date and Time Attribute


An attribute that can have a value of a date and time.

Date Format
The way that a date is represented for input and display.

Dated and Timed Item


A chart item with both a date and time.
See also: Free Item, Ordered Item, Controlling Item.

Default Style
The style used for new items as they are added to the chart.

374 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Descendent
An item at a lower level in a hierarchy that inherits its properties from
something at a higher level.
In the example below, Transport and Motor Vehicle are both descendents of
Property. However, Transport is also a child of Property because it is one
level below.

See also: Ancestor, Child, Parent.

Description
A property of a chart item, providing a detailed explanation of the
information represented by the chart item.

Directed Connection
A connection in which all links in the same direction are represented as one
on the chart. The possible directions for the link lines are:
• No direction
• Entity A to Entity B
• Entity B to Entity A
• Both directions
See also: Connection Style.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 375


Glossary

Diverted Theme Line


A theme line attached to an event frame such that when the event frame is
moved, it maintains its vertical position with the event frame.

Diverting Event Frame


An event frame linked to a theme line that causes the theme line to change
its vertical position.

Docked [Window]
A window, such as a toolbar, that is fixed in position relative to the
application window.
See also: Floating [Window].

Drag Handle
A small square that appears at the edge or corner of an event frame, box,
OLE object, circle or text block when you select it. A filled handle may be
dragged to resize the item.

Drop-down List
A list accessed from a dialog, from which you can select one or more items.

Entity
A set of details held in the application about a real-world object such as a
person, location, or bank account.

Entity Semantic Type


A semantic type that can be assigned only to an entity or entity type.
See also: Semantic Type, i2 Semantic Type, Link Semantic Type,
Property Semantic Type.

Entity Type
A category of like entities, for example organization, car, document, person
or telephone.

Event Frame
A chart item representing a happening.

376 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

External Data
Information that has been retrieved via a connection to a data source.
See also: Data Provider, Data Source.

Fan Size
The angle at which several links between two entities emerge from and
travel into those entities.

Flag Attribute
An attribute that can have a value of YES or NO.

Flat Look Mode


A mode that affects the appearance of the toolbars when the application is
run on earlier versions of Windows, such as Windows 2000. Flat look mode
gives toolbars the appearance of being flat rather than raised.

Floating [Window]
A window, such as a toolbar, that can be freely moved within the application
window.
See also: Docked [Window].

Foreground
The active part of a chart. You can perform all chart operations on items in
the foreground.
See also: Background.

Free Item
A chart item that has no order. You can move free items anywhere on the
chart.
See also: Dated and Timed Item, Ordered Item, Controlling Item.

Grade
A rating (typically a letter or number, for example A1) that can be used to
indicate the accuracy of a piece of information and the reliability of the
intelligence source.

Grading System
The use of a scale of code ratings for classifying the probability and
reliability of intelligence for a document mark up, data or chart item; for
example, the 4 x 4, or the 5 x 5 x 5 grading systems.
See also: Grade.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 377


Glossary

Grid
A feature that allows you to align chart items more easily on a chart. A grid
can be displayed as rows and columns of dots.

i2 Semantic Type
A semantic type that is included in the i2 Semantic Type Library.
See also: Custom Semantic Type, Semantic Type, Semantic Type
Library.

i2 Semantic Type Library


A collection of entity, link, and property semantic types. The purpose is to
share these semantic types. There are two kinds of semantic type library:
the i2 Semantic Type Library, and a Custom Semantic Type Library.
See also: Semantic Type Library, Semantic Type, Custom Semantic
Type.

Icon
A pictorial representation of an entity.

Icon Shading
The ability to adjust the coloring of chart items and entity types that use icon
representations.

Identity
A short textual description of an entity used to uniquely identify it in a chart.

Import
To incorporate information from a text file or the clipboard into a chart using
the Import Editor or Import Manager.

Import Design
The blueprint that forms the basis on which data items are imported into a
chart using the Import Editor.
See also: Import, Import Editor, Import Specification.

Import Editor
The tool used to create and edit an Import Specification.
See also: Import, Import Manager, Import Specification.

378 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Import Manager
The tool used to run and maintain Import Specifications.
See also: Import, Import Editor, Import Specification.

Import Specification
A definition of how Analyst's Notebook interprets a data file or data in the
clipboard.

Label
(1) A chart item, displayed as text, typically used for annotation.
(2) The textual name of a chart item, which appears on the chart.

Layout
The automatic arrangement of chart items.

Legend
A key to the content of a chart.

Legend Entry
An item within a legend, for example an icon type and its description.

Line Strength
The display of a line represented by solid, dashed or dotted lines on the
chart. Line strength is typically an indication of the quality of the information
for a particular chart item.

Line Style
A combination of the strength, color and width of a line. This may apply to
the border of an entity, a theme line or a link.

Link
An association between two entities. For example, an owner link between a
person and a vehicle.

Link Area
The display area of an event frame that provides access to the links to
diverted theme lines.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 379


Glossary

Link Semantic Type


A semantic type that can be assigned only to a link or link type.
See also: Semantic Type, i2 Semantic Type, Entity Semantic Type,
Property Semantic Type.

Link Separation
The distance between adjacent links in a connection.

Link Type
A category of similar links, for example Account Owner or Transaction.

Local Template
A template that is stored in your local template folder, typically on your
computer's hard disk.
See also: Template, Workgroup Template, Standard Template.

Marker
A small triangle placed in the time bar to indicate a controlling item.
See also: Controlling Item.

Menu Bar
The horizontal bar across the top of the window which displays the menu
headings.

Mergable
The name given to links to signify that an entity charted from a database
could merge with two or more existing entities on the chart.

Merge
To combine two or more items into a single item. The merged item has
properties (for example attributes and data records), which are an
assemblage of the items that have merged.

Metafile
A picture file which may contain both bitmap and vector data. A chart may be
pasted into another application as an OLE object or as a simple picture,
depending on the settings in your Options dialog.

Multiple Connection
A connection in which individual links are represented as separate links.
See also: Connection Style, Directed Connection, Single Connection.

380 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Multiple Undo
The ability to reverse a sequence of user operations.
See also: Redo, Undo.

Number Attribute
An attribute containing a numeric value.

OLE
The Microsoft Windows mechanism for transferring and sharing information
between Windows-based applications. OLE stands for Object Linking and
Embedding.

OLE Embedding
The incorporation of a copy of an OLE object within the chart. An embedded
object is contained in the chart rather than referenced from it.
See also: OLE Linking.

OLE Linking
A reference to an external source representing the content of an OLE object.
See also: OLE Embedding.

OLE Object
An entity that has been created using another Windows-based application.

Online Help
Information about the program you are running, displayed in an extra
window on your screen or as a pop-up window over the item you want help
on.

Option
A setting that controls the behavior of the application. There are three types
of option: application, chart and command. Application options apply
throughout the application, for example which toolbars are displayed. Chart
options are specific to a chart, for example grid spacing.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 381


Glossary

Option [Button]
One of a set of alternative settings on a dialog that can be selected. Its
selection status may depend on the status of other options within the dialog.

Ordered Item
A chart item whose position is maintained within a sequence. The
movement of an ordered item is restricted such that it cannot be dragged
beyond neighboring ordered items.
See also: Dated and Timed Item, Free Item, Controlling Item.

Palette
A container for entity types, link types, attribute classes and attribute entries.

Palette Bar
A window that displays the contents of a palette.

Palette Pane
A single portion of a palette bar that can contain entity types or attribute
entries.

Pan
The vertical and horizontal movement across a window.

Parameter
A placeholder in a report specification, which is substituted for a specific
value from the chart as the report is generated.

382 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Parent
Something that is the basis for the next level below in a hierarchy. A parent is
more specific than its child.
For example, the Phone semantic type is a parent of the Cell Phone
semantic type.

See also: Ancestor, Child, Descendent.

Paste Special
To copy information from the Clipboard into a chart, while maintaining data
such as OLE information.

Path
Specific route between two entities on a chart, which may include
intermediate entities.

Path Name
The full name of a file, including the hierarchy of folders in which it is located.

Pin
A small circle attached to a chart item that is used to indicate whether an
item is Ordered (filled circle) or Free (unfilled circle). The visibility of a pin is
part of a chart item's style.

Pixel
A single point on the screen. Pixel is short for picture element.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 383


Glossary

Plug-in
An external software component that extends the functionality of the
application.

Property Semantic Type


A semantic type that can be assigned only to an attribute class or to a
property in a data record.
See also: Semantic Type, i2 Semantic Type, Entity Semantic Type, Link
Semantic Type.

Proportional
A description of an area of chart in which the horizontal distances between
items is in the same proportion to the time differences between them.

Rank
The relative position of results in a list, arranged in order of how closely they
match the search criteria.
See also: Score.

Record
The text between record separators consisting of one or more fields in a text
file to be read by the Importer. A record typically represents two entities and
a connecting link.

Redo
To restore the last Undo operation performed by the application.
See also: Undo.

Reference Grid
A grid that appears on a printed chart, allowing references to be made to the
location of items.

Regional Options
A Windows control panel that controls how numbers and dates and times
are displayed on your computer.

Regular Expression
A syntax that describes a pattern of characters. For example: address[0-9]*
A regular expression provides an advanced method for searching for text
patterns, such as optional characters, using the Find Text facility.

384 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Report
A textual description, generated by the application, containing information
about entities, links, attributes and cards on a chart.

Reporter
The facility in the application used to generate pre-defined reports.

Representation
The form in which an entity is represented on a chart; for example, icon,
event frame or theme line.

Reveal Hidden
A viewing mode that makes hidden chart items visible.

Score
An absolute value, used in Smart Matching, to indicate the probability of two
entities being the same real-world object. The values range from 1 to 9,
where 1 indicates a weak probability, and 9 indicates a strong probability.
See also: Rank.

Scroll Bar
A bar along the bottom or side of a window which allows you to move
horizontally or vertically across that window.

Segment
Section of theme line. Segments can be Wiring Segments or Style
Segments.
See also: Wiring Segment, Style Segment.

Selection Set
A set of chart items that were originally identified by being selected, and
which can be selected again easily.

Semantic Matching
The capability to compare two entities or links to determine the extent to
which they may be related, or refer to the same object in the real world.
Semantic matching applies various rules in making the comparisons. For
example, it takes into account whether two items are of the same semantic
type (such as Person) and that there can be spelling variations, for example
Jim, James and Jimmy. Semantic matching can take these factors into
account and provide a ranking for the similarity of items.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 385


Glossary

Semantic Path
The position of a semantic type in the i2 Semantic Type Library hierarchy.
For example the path for the HTML Extract semantic type would be
Entity\Annotation\HTML Extract as it includes the full path from the root
semantic type down through the library hierarchy to the semantic type:

See also: i2 Semantic Type Library.

Semantic Type
A category that defines the real-world meaning of the data and therefore
how applications should interpret that data.
For example, Person is a semantic type that could be assigned to entity
types such as Male, Victim, and Witness. The semantic type allows the
application to understand that each of those entity types are a different way
of depicting people in the real world.
The semantic types are organized into three hierarchies:
• Entity semantic type
• Link semantic type
• Property semantic type
See also: i2 Semantic Type, Entity Semantic Type, Link Semantic Type,
Property Semantic Type, Semantic Matching.

Semantic Type Library


A collection of entity, link, and property semantic types. The purpose is to
share these semantic types. There are two kinds of semantic type library:
the i2 Semantic Type Library, and a Custom Semantic Type Library.
See also: i2 Semantic Type Library, Custom Semantic Type Library.

386 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Semantics
The way in which i2 products can analyze and manipulate data according to
its real-world meaning.

Single Connection
A connection in which all the links are represented as a single link,
preserving the direction.
See also: Connection Style.

Smart Matching
To compare the information content of a pair of entities to determine if they
are likely to represent the same real world item. The comparison uses
semantic types to:
• gauge how much reliance to place on a piece of information for the
purposes of identifying the entity
• ensure like information is processed appropriately
• handle issues such as variants of names, spellings and phonetics
The results of a comparison is a score as to how closely the information
content matches. For example Person Name: John SMITH, e-mail address:
j.smith@somewhere.net, matches Name: Jack, Last Name: SMITH and e-
mail address: j.smith@.

Snapshot
A view of a chart, preserving the position of chart items and display scale.

Source Reference
An identifier indicating the origin of the information such as a document
reference number.

Source Type
A description of the information supplier such as Officer, Witness or Record.

Standard Template
The template used by the application when creating new charts.
See also: Template, Workgroup Template, Local Template.

Status Bar
The bar at the base of the application window, which displays information
such as the current action, or the status of a tool.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 387


Glossary

Style
Visual properties of a chart item.

Style Segment
A portion of a theme line between adjacent items associated with the theme
line to which you can apply color and strength.
See also: Wiring Segment.

Summary Properties
Standard information about a chart and its contents, which includes the title,
subject, author, keywords and comments. Summary Properties can be
viewed and edited using the Cover Sheet, and printed in the header and
footer of your chart.
See also: Cover Sheet, Custom Properties.

Symbol
A small image that can be used as part of the attribute display.

Template
A container for all the properties that are required to produce a new chart or
workspace by the application.
See also: Local Template, Workgroup Template, Standard Template.

Terminator
See Theme Line Terminator.

Text Attribute
An attribute containing a textual value.

Text Block
An entity represented on the chart as a rectangle with rounded corners
within which the label is contained.

Text Box
An area of a dialog in which you can enter or edit text.

388 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Text File
Any file containing unformatted text. A text file can be edited using Windows
Notepad, or referenced within an Import Specification in order to visualize its
contents.

Theme Line
An entity represented as a line with terminating symbols and an icon. Theme
lines are often used to provide a common thread to events.
See also: Timeline Chart.

Theme Line Extent


The distance between the beginning and end of a theme line.

Theme Line Icon


An image displayed on a theme line used to represent that theme line.

Theme Line Terminator


The symbol that is used at the beginning or end of a theme line.

Theme Line Wiring


The display of the way in which a theme line diverts from the horizontal to
pass through event frames and travel between event frames.

Tick
A mark on the time bar indicating a specific time.

Ticking Rate
The frequency of ticks that appear on the time bar, which show the rate of
time across a chart.

Time Bar
The display, using ticks and labels, of the time flow from left to right across
the chart.

Time Format
The way that a time is represented for input and display.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 389


Glossary

Timeline Chart
A chart or portion of a chart showing a chronology of events over a period of
time. For example, a series of meetings occurring over several days, a set of
transactions occurring over a period of time.
See also: Association Chart, Theme Line.

Toolbar
A set of buttons that allow you to carry out operations within the application.
They provide shortcut ways of selecting commands.

Toolbar Area
The area below the menu bar in which toolbars can be docked.

Type
A means of classifying entities and links, for example account, car, and
person. All entities and links have a type, which influences their appearance.

Type Icon
The icon used to represent an entity type. Type icons appear in many
representations of an entity, for example theme line, event frame, icon.

Undo
To reverse the last operation performed by the application.

User Palette
A user defined palette containing entity types, link types, attribute classes
and attribute entries.

Vector
Graphical data represented using lines.

Visual Search
A graphical search facility within Analyst's Notebook, which allows you to
find entities and links according to their properties such as labels, types,
attributes and interconnectivity.

Watch
An option to display how the Importer reads each record in the input as it
updates the chart.

390 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Glossary

Wiring Segment
The length of theme line between adjacent diverting event frames linked to a
theme line for which you can control the height of the theme line.
See also: Style Segment.

Workgroup Template
A template which is stored in your workgroup template folder, typically
somewhere on a network.
See also: Template, Workgroup Template, Standard Template.

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 391


Glossary

392 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Index

A Analyst’s Notebook
power2 features 349
Assigning semantic types
Adding
to attribute classes 44
See also Defining
to entity types 27
attribute entries
to link types 36
to palettes 50, 116
attribute instances 47, 331 Attribute Bar
using the Attribute Bar 48 adding attribute instances 48
background items
OLE Objects 161 Attribute classes 44
watermarks 157 combining 244, 245
buttons to toolbars 166 defining 38, 39
columns editing 41
in List Items dialog 188 properties
entities to charts 29 behavior 38
legend entries 142 display 38
to a selection set 283 name 38
user palettes 96, 97 palettes 38
symbol 38
Alignment 354
sorting in a palette 46
horizontal 356 types 38, 39
vertical 357 date & time 39
Analysis attributes 198, 200 flag 39
number 39
adding columns in List Items
text 39
dialog 198
day of week name 201 Attribute entries 38, 50
entity links 199 adding to palettes 50
entity links from 199 defining 52
entity links to 200 duplicating 51
entity sum links 200
using in List Items 199

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 393


Index

Attribute instances 38 Chart items


adding 47, 331 hiding 128
to a selection 313 showing 128
using the Attribute Bar 48
ChartExplorer
Attributes power2 features 349
See also Attribute classes,
Charts
Attribute entries, Attribute
instances adding
adding entities 29
to multiple chart items 53 items on top of background
combining 244 items 162
Find Path association 316
excluding items with attributes combining 316
333 creating
hiding 129 from templates 71
merge and paste rules 215, 216 with different perspectives
showing 129, 132 316
printing 146, 153
Automatic attributes 38 background colors 145
borders 145
choosing a printer 145
B page boundaries 145
page numbers 145, 151
page setup 145
Background items 157, 160 theme line names 145
making an item a background item time bar 145
162 time zones 88
OLE Objects 161 timeline 316
watermarks 157 Choosing
Browse Bar 338 printers 147

Buttons Color
adding to toolbars 166 entity types 21
shading icons 137, 138
Combining
C attribute classes 244, 245
charts 316

Capturing Conditions
snapshots 167 Visual Search 286

Cards Connection style


merging 224 directed 228
links 229, 230
single 228

394 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Index

Copying Defining
See also Duplicating attribute classes 38, 39
from List Items 202 attribute entries 52
custom semantic types 363
Creating
date & time formats 85, 87
charts entity types 21, 22, 31
from templates 71 from an existing chart 60
with different perspectives in templates 64
316 grades 65, 66
templates 57, 58 line strengths 69
from a chart 79, 80 link types 31, 32
user palettes 116 in templates 64
Custom Semantic Type Library 359, Deleting
364
entity types
Custom semantic types 358 from a palette 109
Custom Semantic Type Library legend entries 140
359, 364 link types
defining 363 from a template 111
sharing 359, 364 palettes 109, 119
from a template 110
Customizing selection sets 292
templates 109
Dialogs
resizing 184

D Displaying
grid
by default 84
Data Miner Time bar 92
power2 features 349
Duplicating
Data records 360 See also Copying
attribute entries 51
Date & Time formats
entity types 28
See also Time zones link types 34
date 85
defining 85, 87
time 86
Default styles
entities 89
event frames 91
links 89
theme lines 89

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 395


Index

E removing
from a palette 109, 118
searching
Earliest in palettes 284
finding paths 327, 328 Event frames
Editing default styles 91
attribute classes 41 Extents
legend 140 theme lines
deleting entries 140 leftmost chart item 90
templates 80 rightmost chart item 90
time Bar
display 93
Enlarging
F
icons 135
Entities
Files
adding to charts 29
.mtc 359, 364
checking for similarities 220
Find Matching 240 Find Linked 262, 264, 321, 322
Find Path 260 search depth 262, 290
earliest 328 to selected items 325
shortest 327
hiding 266 Find Matching Entities 236, 240
invert selection 266 duplicate chart items 236
merging formatting differences 236
cards 224 matched sets 242
manually 223 merging 237, 242
Smart Matching 240 Smart Matching 240
Entity semantic types 351 Find Path 259
between entities 260
Entity types 21
earliest 327, 328
adding to palettes 97 excluding items with attributes
defining 21, 22, 31 333
from an existing chart 60 shortest 327
deleting
from a palette 109, 118 Formats
duplicating 28 date & time
ordering 29 date formats 85
in palettes 99 time formats 86
properties
color 21
icon 21
name 21
palettes 22

396 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Index

G Intersecting
selection sets 292
Invert Selection 266
Grades
defining 65, 66 iXa
source type 65 power2 features 349
Grid iXv
displaying 112 power2 features 348, 349
by default 84
setting size 80, 83
Grouped by time layout 306, 312 L
Guidelines for assigning semantic
types 361 Labels
merge and paste rules 211, 213
append 211
H discard 212
merge 211

Headers and footers 151 Layouts 269, 306


grouped 269, 271
Hiding 128 grouped by time 306, 312
attributes 129 ordered 307, 308
chart items 128 peacock 270, 272
reveal hidden 268 proportional 307, 310
entities 266 theme line 204
Highlighter 254, 324 Leftmost
Horizontal alignment 356 theme lines
extents 90
Legend
I editing 140
entries
adding 142
i2 TextChart deleting 140
power2 features 349
Libraries
iBase Custom Semantic Type Library
power2 features 349 359, 364
Icons
enlarging 135
resizing 135
shading 137, 138

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 397


Index

Line strengths entities in tables 187


confirmed 69 links in tables 193
defining 69 Local templates 71
hypothesis 69
ordering 69, 70
unconfirmed 69
Link semantic types 351
M
Link types
Merging
defining 31, 32
in templates 64 attributes
deleting merge and paste rules 215,
from a template 111 216
duplicating 34 entities
properties cards 224
color 31 labels 218
name 31 merge and paste rules 211,
palettes 31 213
removing append 211
from a template 111 discard 212
merge 211
Linked links 227
finding linked chart items 262 connection style
directed 228
Links single 228
connection style 229, 230 Sum Numeric Links 232
directed 228 manually 220
single 228 entities 223
merging 227 matched sets 242
styles 335 Smart Matching 242
Sum Numeric 227 templates 113, 115
List Items 178, 180 Multiple chart items
adding columns 188, 198 adding attributes 53
analysis attributes 199
day of week name 201
entity links 199
entity links from 199 O
entity links to 200
entity sum links 200
OLE Objects
copying to another application
202 as a background item 161
removing columns 187 Opening
repositioning columns 196
templates 80, 82
resizing dialog 184
sorting Ordered layout 307, 308

398 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Index

Ordering Pasting
See also Sorting labels
entity types 29 merge and paste rules 211
in palettes 99
Paths
line strengths 69, 70
finding 259
between two entities 259,
260
P earliest 327, 328
excluding items with attributes
333
Page boundaries shortest 327
viewing 153
power2
Page setup 148 products 348
annotation 150
layout 145 Presentations
margins 145, 149 snapshots 164
number of pages 145
print 145
page orientation 145
paper size 145 Printers
Palettes selecting 147
adding Printing 145, 146
attribute entries 50, 116 charts 153
entity types from other palettes choosing a printer 145, 147
97 headers and footers 151
attribute classes page boundaries 145
properties 38 page margins 149
deleting 109, 119 page setup 145, 148
entity types 118 annotation 150
from a template 110 background colors 145
entity types borders 145
properties 22 margins 149
link types orientation 148
properties 31 page margins 145
removing 109, 119 page number 151
entity types 118 page numbers 145
from a template 110 page orientation 145
searching paper size 145
Visual Search placement 148
entity types 284 printing theme line names 150
sorting printing time bar 145, 150
attribute classes 46 scaling 148
Standard palette 96 theme line names 145
user palettes 96, 97 viewing page boundaries 153
creating 116

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 399


Index

Properties Restoring
attribute classes 41 selection sets 126
behavior 38 snapshots 171
display 38
Reveal Hidden 268
name 38
palettes 38 Rightmost
symbol 38 theme lines
entity types extents 90
color 21
icon 21
name 21
link types S
color 31
name 31
palettes 31 Search Bar 252
time bar find all matches 254
interval band 92 preview window 252, 255
marker band 93 results table 252
tick band 93 Searching
Property semantic types 352 Find Linked 262, 264
search depth 262, 290
Proportional layout 307, 310
Find Path 259
between two entities 259
earliest 327, 328
R excluding items with attributes
333
shortest 327
Removing highlighter 254
See also Deleting List Items 178, 180
columns Search Bar 252
in List Items dialog 187 search bar preview window 252
entity types Visual Search
from a palette 109 attribute instances
link types adding to a selection 313
from a template 111 entity types in palettes 284
palettes 109, 119 linked entities 278, 279
from a template 110
Selection Sets 125
Repositioning adding to a selection 283
columns clearing 295
in List Items dialog 196 deleting 292
intersecting 292
Resizing restoring 126
icons 135
List Items dialog 184 Semantic Type Library 26

400 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


Index

Semantic types 22, 25, 31, 38, 350 Styles


assigning 25 links 335
assigning to attribute classes 44
Sum Numeric Links 227, 232
assigning to entity types 27
assigning to link types 36
custom types 358
for attribute classes 25 T
for entity types 25
for link types 25
guidelines for assigning 361 Tables
sorting 193
Setting
grid size 83 Templates
creating 57, 58
Shading icons 137, 138
from a chart 79, 80
Sharing customizing 109
templates 101, 103 defining
entity types 64
Shortest from an existing chart 60
finding paths 327 deleting
link types 111
Showing 128
palettes 110
attributes 129, 132 flags 113
Smart Matching 240 local 71
matched sets 242 merging 113, 115
merging 242 opening 80, 82
setup 241 removing
strong matches 240 link types 111
threshold slider 241 palettes 110
weak matches 240 sharing 101, 103
Standard 71
Snapshots 164 verifying 74, 101, 120
capturing 167, 169 workgroup 71
restoring 171 workgroup templates 103
viewing 171
Theme Line layout 204
Sorting
Theme lines
See also Ordering
default styles 89
entities
extents
in List Items dialog 187
leftmost chart item 90
theme lines in a chart 204
rightmost chart item 90
within a table 193
printing 150
in List Items dialog 193
Standard palette 96
Standard template 71

i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing 401


Index

Time Bar Visual Search 299


printing 150 attribute instances
properties adding
interval band 92 to a selection 313
marker band 93 conditions 286
tick band 93 links 287
for items with a date & time 303
Time bar
linked entities 278, 279
displaying 92
editing the display 93
Time zones W
of a chart 88
Toolbars Watermarks 157
adding buttons 166 See also Background items
attribute bar 48
browse bar 338 Workgroup templates 71, 103

Types
attribute classes 38, 39
date & time 39 Z
flag 39
number 39
Zones
text 39
See also Time zones

U
User palettes
adding 96, 97
removing 110

V
Verifying
templates 74, 101, 120
Vertical alignment 357
Viewing
page boundaries 153
snapshots 171

402 i2 Analyst’s Notebook 7 User Guide: Customizing & Analyzing


i2 AN 7 UG Custom & Analyse Manual.qxd 06/03/2007 15:41 Page 2

www.i2group.com

Part Number: 1312

S-ar putea să vă placă și